Merge branch 'x86-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip

Pull x86 fixes from Ingo Molnar:
 "EFI fixes, and FPU fix, a ticket spinlock boundary condition fix and
  two build fixes"

* 'x86-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
  x86/fpu: Always restore_xinit_state() when use_eager_cpu()
  x86: Make cpu_tss available to external modules
  efi: Fix error handling in add_sysfs_runtime_map_entry()
  x86/spinlocks: Fix regression in spinlock contention detection
  x86/mm: Clean up types in xlate_dev_mem_ptr()
  x86/efi: Store upper bits of command line buffer address in ext_cmd_line_ptr
  efivarfs: Ensure VariableName is NUL-terminated
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index acb6afe..4ad4a98 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@
 *.order
 *.elf
 *.bin
+*.tar
 *.gz
 *.bz2
 *.lzma
diff --git a/.mailmap b/.mailmap
index 0d971cf..6287004 100644
--- a/.mailmap
+++ b/.mailmap
@@ -100,6 +100,7 @@
 Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
 Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
 Rémi Denis-Courmont <rdenis@simphalempin.com>
+Ricardo Ribalda Delgado <ricardo.ribalda@gmail.com>
 Rudolf Marek <R.Marek@sh.cvut.cz>
 Rui Saraiva <rmps@joel.ist.utl.pt>
 Sachin P Sant <ssant@in.ibm.com>
diff --git a/CREDITS b/CREDITS
index 96935df..40cc4bf 100644
--- a/CREDITS
+++ b/CREDITS
@@ -187,6 +187,10 @@
 E: balasub@cis.ohio-state.edu
 D: Wrote SYS V IPC (part of standard kernel since 0.99.10)
 
+N: Chris Ball
+E: chris@printf.net
+D: Former maintainer of the MMC/SD/SDIO subsystem.
+
 N: Dario Ballabio
 E: ballabio_dario@emc.com
 E: dario.ballabio@tiscalinet.it
@@ -504,6 +508,10 @@
 W: http://paulbristow.net/linux/idefloppy.html
 D: Maintainer of IDE/ATAPI floppy driver
 
+N: Stefano Brivio
+E: stefano.brivio@polimi.it
+D: Broadcom B43 driver
+
 N: Dominik Brodowski
 E: linux@brodo.de
 W: http://www.brodo.de/
@@ -2041,6 +2049,10 @@
 S: Gurgaon, India
 S: Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
 
+N: Mohit Kumar
+D: ST Microelectronics SPEAr13xx PCI host bridge driver
+D: Synopsys Designware PCI host bridge driver
+
 N: Gabor Kuti
 M: seasons@falcon.sch.bme.hu
 M: seasons@makosteszta.sote.hu
@@ -3004,6 +3016,19 @@
 D: Generic Z8530 driver, AX.25 DAMA slave implementation
 D: Several AX.25 hacks
 
+N: Ricardo Ribalda Delgado
+E: ricardo.ribalda@gmail.com
+W: http://ribalda.com
+D: PLX USB338x driver
+D: PCA9634 driver
+D: Option GTM671WFS
+D: Fintek F81216A
+D: Various kernel hacks
+S: Qtechnology A/S
+S: Valby Langgade 142
+S: 2500 Valby
+S: Denmark
+
 N: Francois-Rene Rideau
 E: fare@tunes.org
 W: http://www.tunes.org/~fare
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..720ea92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/num_reads
+Date:		August 2015
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The num_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of
+		reads (failed or successful) done on this device.
+		Now accessible via zram<id>/stat node.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/num_writes
+Date:		August 2015
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The num_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of
+		writes (failed or successful) done on this device.
+		Now accessible via zram<id>/stat node.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/invalid_io
+Date:		August 2015
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The invalid_io file is read-only and specifies the number of
+		non-page-size-aligned I/O requests issued to this device.
+		Now accessible via zram<id>/io_stat node.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/failed_reads
+Date:		August 2015
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The failed_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of
+		failed reads happened on this device.
+		Now accessible via zram<id>/io_stat node.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/failed_writes
+Date:		August 2015
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The failed_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of
+		failed writes happened on this device.
+		Now accessible via zram<id>/io_stat node.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/notify_free
+Date:		August 2015
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The notify_free file is read-only. Depending on device usage
+		scenario it may account a) the number of pages freed because
+		of swap slot free notifications or b) the number of pages freed
+		because of REQ_DISCARD requests sent by bio. The former ones
+		are sent to a swap block device when a swap slot is freed, which
+		implies that this disk is being used as a swap disk. The latter
+		ones are sent by filesystem mounted with discard option,
+		whenever some data blocks are getting discarded.
+		Now accessible via zram<id>/io_stat node.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/zero_pages
+Date:		August 2015
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The zero_pages file is read-only and specifies number of zero
+		filled pages written to this disk. No memory is allocated for
+		such pages.
+		Now accessible via zram<id>/mm_stat node.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/orig_data_size
+Date:		August 2015
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The orig_data_size file is read-only and specifies uncompressed
+		size of data stored in this disk. This excludes zero-filled
+		pages (zero_pages) since no memory is allocated for them.
+		Unit: bytes
+		Now accessible via zram<id>/mm_stat node.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/compr_data_size
+Date:		August 2015
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The compr_data_size file is read-only and specifies compressed
+		size of data stored in this disk. So, compression ratio can be
+		calculated using orig_data_size and this statistic.
+		Unit: bytes
+		Now accessible via zram<id>/mm_stat node.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_total
+Date:		August 2015
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The mem_used_total file is read-only and specifies the amount
+		of memory, including allocator fragmentation and metadata
+		overhead, allocated for this disk. So, allocator space
+		efficiency can be calculated using compr_data_size and this
+		statistic.
+		Unit: bytes
+		Now accessible via zram<id>/mm_stat node.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_max
+Date:		August 2015
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The mem_used_max file is read/write and specifies the amount
+		of maximum memory zram have consumed to store compressed data.
+		For resetting the value, you should write "0". Otherwise,
+		you could see -EINVAL.
+		Unit: bytes
+		Downgraded to write-only node: so it's possible to set new
+		value only; its current value is stored in zram<id>/mm_stat
+		node.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/mem_limit
+Date:		August 2015
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The mem_limit file is read/write and specifies the maximum
+		amount of memory ZRAM can use to store the compressed data.
+		The limit could be changed in run time and "0" means disable
+		the limit.  No limit is the initial state.  Unit: bytes
+		Downgraded to write-only node: so it's possible to set new
+		value only; its current value is stored in zram<id>/mm_stat
+		node.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43f78b88d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# Note: This documents additional properties of any device beyond what
+# is documented in Documentation/sysfs-rules.txt
+
+What:		/sys/devices/*/of_path
+Date:		February 2015
+Contact:	Device Tree mailing list <devicetree@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+		Any device associated with a device-tree node will have
+		an of_path symlink pointing to the corresponding device
+		node in /sys/firmware/devicetree/
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b0714e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What:		/config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/printer.name
+Date:		Apr 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.1
+Description:
+		The attributes:
+
+		pnp_string	- Data to be passed to the host in pnp string
+		q_len		- Number of requests per endpoint
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm
index 87ca569..f9f2339 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm
@@ -23,3 +23,25 @@
 		Contains the value 1 while the device is suspended.
 		Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute.
 Users:		util-linux, device-mapper udev rules
+
+What:		/sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/rq_based_seq_io_merge_deadline
+Date:		March 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.1
+Contact:	dm-devel@redhat.com
+Description:	Allow control over how long a request that is a
+		reasonable merge candidate can be queued on the request
+		queue.  The resolution of this deadline is in
+		microseconds (ranging from 1 to 100000 usecs).
+		Setting this attribute to 0 (the default) will disable
+		request-based DM's merge heuristic and associated extra
+		accounting.  This attribute is not applicable to
+		bio-based DM devices so it will only ever report 0 for
+		them.
+
+What:		/sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/use_blk_mq
+Date:		March 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.1
+Contact:	dm-devel@redhat.com
+Description:	Request-based Device-mapper blk-mq I/O path mode.
+		Contains the value 1 if the device is using blk-mq.
+		Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
index a6148ea..2e69e83 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
@@ -141,3 +141,28 @@
 		amount of memory ZRAM can use to store the compressed data.  The
 		limit could be changed in run time and "0" means disable the
 		limit.  No limit is the initial state.  Unit: bytes
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/compact
+Date:		August 2015
+Contact:	Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+		The compact file is write-only and trigger compaction for
+		allocator zrm uses. The allocator moves some objects so that
+		it could free fragment space.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/io_stat
+Date:		August 2015
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The io_stat file is read-only and accumulates device's I/O
+		statistics not accounted by block layer. For example,
+		failed_reads, failed_writes, etc. File format is similar to
+		block layer statistics file format.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/mm_stat
+Date:		August 2015
+Contact:	Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		The mm_stat file is read-only and represents device's mm
+		statistics (orig_data_size, compr_data_size, etc.) in a format
+		similar to block layer statistics file format.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
index 9a70c31..3befcb1 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
@@ -253,6 +253,8 @@
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_offset
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_offset
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_offset
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_offset
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_offset
 KernelVersion:	2.6.35
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
@@ -296,6 +298,7 @@
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_scale
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_scale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_scale
 KernelVersion:	2.6.35
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
@@ -336,6 +339,7 @@
 what		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibscale
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibscale
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibscale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_calibscale
 KernelVersion:	2.6.35
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
@@ -347,7 +351,7 @@
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		Gender of the user (e.g.: male, female) used by some pedometers
@@ -358,7 +362,7 @@
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender_available
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender_available
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender_available
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		Lists all available gender values (e.g.: male, female).
@@ -375,7 +379,7 @@
 		type.
 
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibweight
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		Weight of the user (in kg). It is needed by some pedometers
@@ -612,6 +616,8 @@
 		a given event type is enabled a future point (and not those for
 		whatever event was previously enabled).
 
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_value
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_falling_value
 What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value
 What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value
 What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value
@@ -661,6 +667,24 @@
 		value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw
 		and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes).
 
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_scale
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_peak_scale
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_anglvel_scale
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_magn_scale
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_scale
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_scale
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltage_scale
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_voltage_supply_scale
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_temp_scale
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_illuminance_scale
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_proximity_scale
+KernelVersion:	3.21
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                Specifies the conversion factor from the standard units
+                to device specific units used to set the event trigger
+                threshold.
+
 What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis
 What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis
 What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_either_hysteresis
@@ -776,7 +800,7 @@
 
 What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_period
 What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_period
-hat:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_period
+What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_period
 What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_period
 What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_period
 What:		/sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_period
@@ -923,7 +947,7 @@
 		this type.
 
 What:		/sys/.../events/in_steps_change_en
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the absolute
@@ -932,7 +956,7 @@
 		in_steps_change_value.
 
 What:		/sys/.../events/in_steps_change_value
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		Specifies the value of change threshold that the
@@ -997,6 +1021,7 @@
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_en
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_en
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_en
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_en
 KernelVersion:	2.6.37
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
@@ -1013,6 +1038,7 @@
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_type
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_type
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_type
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_type
 KernelVersion:	2.6.37
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
@@ -1064,6 +1090,7 @@
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_index
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_index
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_index
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_index
 KernelVersion:	2.6.37
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
@@ -1104,7 +1131,7 @@
 
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_input
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_raw
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		This attribute is used to read the energy value reported by the
@@ -1113,7 +1140,7 @@
 
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_input
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_raw
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		This attribute is used to read the distance covered by the user
@@ -1143,9 +1170,13 @@
 		values should behave in the same way as a distance, i.e. lower
 		values indicate something is closer to the sensor.
 
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_input
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_raw
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_input
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_raw
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_mean_raw
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_ir_raw
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_clear_raw
 KernelVersion:	3.4
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
@@ -1174,7 +1205,7 @@
 		seconds.
 
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_integration_time
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		Number of seconds in which to compute speed.
@@ -1236,7 +1267,7 @@
 		Units after application of scale are m/s.
 
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_count
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		Specifies the number of steps that must occur within
@@ -1244,8 +1275,92 @@
 		consumer is making steps.
 
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_time
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		Specifies number of seconds in which we compute the steps
 		that occur in order to decide if the consumer is making steps.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/watermark
+KernelVersion:	4.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		A single positive integer specifying the maximum number of scan
+		elements to wait for.
+		Poll will block until the watermark is reached.
+		Blocking read will wait until the minimum between the requested
+		read amount or the low water mark is available.
+		Non-blocking read will retrieve the available samples from the
+		buffer even if there are less samples then watermark level. This
+		allows the application to block on poll with a timeout and read
+		the available samples after the timeout expires and thus have a
+		maximum delay guarantee.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_enabled
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		A read-only boolean value that indicates if the hardware fifo is
+		currently enabled or disabled. If the device does not have a
+		hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+		The hardware fifo is enabled when the buffer is enabled if the
+		current hardware fifo watermark level is set and other current
+		device settings allows it (e.g. if a trigger is set that samples
+		data differently that the hardware fifo does then hardware fifo
+		will not enabled).
+		If the hardware fifo is enabled and the level of the hardware
+		fifo reaches the hardware fifo watermark level the device will
+		flush its hardware fifo to the device buffer. Doing a non
+		blocking read on the device when no samples are present in the
+		device buffer will also force a flush.
+		When the hardware fifo is enabled there is no need to use a
+		trigger to use buffer mode since the watermark settings
+		guarantees that the hardware fifo is flushed to the device
+		buffer.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Read-only entry that contains a single integer specifying the
+		current watermark level for the hardware fifo. If the device
+		does not have a hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+		The watermark level for the hardware fifo is set by the driver
+		based on the value set by the user in buffer/watermark but
+		taking into account hardware limitations (e.g. most hardware
+		buffers are limited to 32-64 samples, some hardware buffers
+		watermarks are fixed or have minimum levels).  A value of 0
+		means that the hardware watermark is unset.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_min
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact:       linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		A single positive integer specifying the minimum watermark level
+		for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not
+		have a hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+		If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value less than this one,
+		then the hardware watermark will remain unset.
+
+What:	       /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_max
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact:       linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		A single positive integer specifying the maximum watermark level
+		for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not
+		have a hardware fifo this entry is not present.
+		If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than this
+		one, then the hardware watermark will be capped at this value.
+
+What:	       /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_available
+KernelVersion: 4.2
+Contact:       linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		A list of positive integers specifying the available watermark
+		levels for the hardware fifo. This entry is optional and if it
+		is not present it means that all the values between
+		hwfifo_watermark_min and hwfifo_watermark_max are supported.
+		If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than
+		hwfifo_watermak_min but not equal to any of the values in this
+		list, the driver will chose an appropriate value for the
+		hardware fifo watermark level.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
index 3680364..d46bba8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 		Hexadecimal value of the device ID found in this AFU
 		configuration record.
 
-What:           /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/vendor
+What:           /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/class
 Date:           February 2015
 Contact:        linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
 Description:    read only
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..220a0270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_brightness
+Date:		March 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
+Contact:	Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description:	read/write
+		Set the brightness of this LED in the flash strobe mode, in
+		microamperes. The file is created only for the flash LED devices
+		that support setting flash brightness.
+
+		The value is between 0 and
+		/sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_brightness.
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_brightness
+Date:		March 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
+Contact:	Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description:	read only
+		Maximum brightness level for this LED in the flash strobe mode,
+		in microamperes.
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_timeout
+Date:		March 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
+Contact:	Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description:	read/write
+		Hardware timeout for flash, in microseconds. The flash strobe
+		is stopped after this period of time has passed from the start
+		of the strobe. The file is created only for the flash LED
+		devices that support setting flash timeout.
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_timeout
+Date:		March 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
+Contact:	Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description:	read only
+		Maximum flash timeout for this LED, in microseconds.
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_strobe
+Date:		March 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
+Contact:	Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description:	read/write
+		Flash strobe state. When written with 1 it triggers flash strobe
+		and when written with 0 it turns the flash off.
+
+		On read 1 means that flash is currently strobing and 0 means
+		that flash is off.
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_fault
+Date:		March 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
+Contact:	Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+Description:	read only
+		Space separated list of flash faults that may have occurred.
+		Flash faults are re-read after strobing the flash. Possible
+		flash faults:
+
+		* led-over-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash LED
+			has exceeded the limit specific to the flash controller
+		* flash-timeout-exceeded - the flash strobe was still on when
+			the timeout set by the user has expired; not all flash
+			controllers may set this in all such conditions
+		* controller-over-temperature - the flash controller has
+			overheated
+		* controller-short-circuit - the short circuit protection
+			of the flash controller has been triggered
+		* led-power-supply-over-current - current in the LED power
+			supply has exceeded the limit specific to the flash
+			controller
+		* indicator-led-fault - the flash controller has detected
+			a short or open circuit condition on the indicator LED
+		* led-under-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash
+			LED has been below the minimum limit specific to
+			the flash
+		* controller-under-voltage - the input voltage of the flash
+			controller is below the limit under which strobing the
+			flash at full current will not be possible;
+			the condition persists until this flag is no longer set
+		* led-over-temperature - the temperature of the LED has exceeded
+			its allowed upper limit
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
index 76ee192..3b5c3bc 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
@@ -222,3 +222,13 @@
 		The number of blocks that are marked as reserved, if any, in
 		this partition. These are typically used to store the in-flash
 		bad block table (BBT).
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/offset
+Date:		March 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.1
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		For a partition, the offset of that partition from the start
+		of the master device in bytes. This attribute is absent on
+		main devices, so it can be used to distinguish between
+		partitions and devices that aren't partitions.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
index beb8ec4..5ecfd72 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
@@ -188,6 +188,14 @@
 		Indicates the interface unique physical port identifier within
 		the NIC, as a string.
 
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_port_name
+Date:		March 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the interface physical port name within the NIC,
+		as a string.
+
 What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/speed
 Date:		October 2009
 KernelVersion:	2.6.33
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues
index 5e9aeb9..0c0df91 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues
@@ -24,6 +24,14 @@
 		Indicates the number of transmit timeout events seen by this
 		network interface transmit queue.
 
+What:		/sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/tx_maxrate
+Date:		March 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.1
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		A Mbps max-rate set for the queue, a value of zero means disabled,
+		default is disabled.
+
 What:		/sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/xps_cpus
 Date:		November 2010
 KernelVersion:	2.6.38
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid
index b6490e1..48942ca 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid
@@ -8,3 +8,13 @@
 		report descriptor.
 		This file cannot be written.
 Users:		HIDAPI library (http://www.signal11.us/oss/hidapi)
+
+What:		For USB devices	: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/country
+		For BT devices	: /sys/class/bluetooth/hci<addr>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/country
+		Symlink		: /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw<num>/device/country
+Date:		February 2015
+KernelVersion:	3.19
+Contact:	Olivier Gay <ogay@logitech.com>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the hex integer value in ASCII
+		of the device's HID country code (e.g. 21 for US).
+		This file cannot be written.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
index 167d903..b3f6a2a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff
@@ -5,3 +5,48 @@
 Description:	Display minimum, maximum and current range of the steering
 		wheel. Writing a value within min and max boundaries sets the
 		range of the wheel.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/alternate_modes
+Date:		Feb 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.1
+Contact:	Michal Malý <madcatxster@gmail.com>
+Description:	Displays a set of alternate modes supported by a wheel. Each
+		mode is listed as follows:
+		  Tag: Mode Name
+		Currently active mode is marked with an asterisk. List also
+		contains an abstract item "native" which always denotes the
+		native mode of the wheel. Echoing the mode tag switches the
+		wheel into the corresponding mode. Depending on the exact model
+		of the wheel not all listed modes might always be selectable.
+		If a wheel cannot be switched into the desired mode, -EINVAL
+		is returned accompanied with an explanatory message in the
+		kernel log.
+		This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode.
+
+		Currently supported mode switches:
+		Driving Force Pro:
+		  DF-EX --> DFP
+
+		G25:
+		  DF-EX --> DFP --> G25
+
+		G27:
+		  DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27
+		  DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27
+		  DF-EX <*----------------> G27
+
+		DFGT:
+		  DF-EX <*> DFP <-> DFGT
+		  DF-EX <*--------> DFGT
+
+		* hid_logitech module must be loaded with lg4ff_no_autoswitch=1
+		  parameter set in order for the switch to DF-EX mode to work.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/real_id
+Date:		Feb 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.1
+Contact:	Michal Malý <madcatxster@gmail.com>
+Description:	Displays the real model of the wheel regardless of any
+		alternate mode the wheel might be switched to.
+		It is a read-only value.
+		This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi
index ca9c71a..eed922e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi
@@ -8,9 +8,11 @@
 			* 0x2  -> AUTO (also called TIMER)
 			* 0x8  -> ON
 			* 0x10 -> OFF
-		Note that the kernel 3.16 onwards this file accepts all listed
+		Note that from kernel 3.16 onwards this file accepts all listed
 		parameters, kernel 3.15 only accepts the first two (FN-Z and
 		AUTO).
+		Also note that toggling this value on type 1 devices, requires
+		a reboot for changes to take effect.
 Users:		KToshiba
 
 What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_backlight_timeout
@@ -67,15 +69,72 @@
 			* 2 -> Type 2, supporting modes TIMER, ON and OFF
 Users:		KToshiba
 
+What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_charge
+Date:		January 23, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
+Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description:	This file controls the USB Sleep & Charge charging mode, which
+		can be:
+			* 0 -> Disabled		(0x00)
+			* 1 -> Alternate	(0x09)
+			* 2 -> Auto		(0x21)
+			* 3 -> Typical		(0x11)
+		Note that from kernel 4.1 onwards this file accepts all listed
+		values, kernel 4.0 only supports the first three.
+		Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if
+		you want to use it under battery, see the entry named
+		"sleep_functions_on_battery"
+Users:		KToshiba
+
+What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/sleep_functions_on_battery
+Date:		January 23, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
+Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description:	This file controls the USB Sleep Functions under battery, and
+		set the level at which point they will be disabled, accepted
+		values can be:
+			* 0	-> Disabled
+			* 1-100	-> Battery level to disable sleep functions
+		Currently it prints two values, the first one indicates if the
+		feature is enabled or disabled, while the second one shows the
+		current battery level set.
+		Note that when the value is set to disabled, the sleep function
+		will only work when connected to power.
+Users:		KToshiba
+
+What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_rapid_charge
+Date:		January 23, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
+Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description:	This file controls the USB Rapid Charge state, which can be:
+			* 0 -> Disabled
+			* 1 -> Enabled
+		Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
+		take effect.
+Users:		KToshiba
+
+What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_music
+Date:		January 23, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
+Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description:	This file controls the Sleep & Music state, which values can be:
+			* 0 -> Disabled
+			* 1 -> Enabled
+		Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if
+		you want to use it under battery, see the entry named
+		"sleep_functions_on_battery"
+Users:		KToshiba
+
 What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/version
-Date:		February, 2015
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+Date:		February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
 Description:	This file shows the current version of the driver
+Users:		KToshiba
 
 What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/fan
-Date:		February, 2015
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+Date:		February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
 Description:	This file controls the state of the internal fan, valid
 		values are:
@@ -83,8 +142,8 @@
 			* 1 -> ON
 
 What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_function_keys
-Date:		February, 2015
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+Date:		February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
 Description:	This file controls the Special Functions (hotkeys) operation
 		mode, valid values are:
@@ -94,21 +153,29 @@
 		and the hotkeys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}.
 		In the "Special Functions" mode, the F{1-12} keys trigger the
 		hotkey and the F{1-12} keys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}.
+		Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
+		take effect.
+Users:		KToshiba
 
 What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/panel_power_on
-Date:		February, 2015
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+Date:		February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
 Description:	This file controls whether the laptop should turn ON whenever
 		the LID is opened, valid values are:
 			* 0 -> Disabled
 			* 1 -> Enabled
+		Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
+		take effect.
+Users:		KToshiba
 
 What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_three
-Date:		February, 2015
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+Date:		February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
-Description:	This file controls whether the USB 3 functionality, valid
-		values are:
+Description:	This file controls the USB 3 functionality, valid values are:
 			* 0 -> Disabled (Acts as a regular USB 2)
 			* 1 -> Enabled (Full USB 3 functionality)
+		Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
+		take effect.
+Users:		KToshiba
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c6a0b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+What:		/sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_enabled
+Date:		December 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.19
+Contact:	Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+		Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		This file allows to control the automatic keyboard
+		illumination mode on some systems that have an ambient
+		light sensor. Write 1 to this file to enable the auto
+		mode, 0 to disable it.
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_setting
+Date:		December 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.19
+Contact:	Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+		Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		This file allows to specifiy the on/off threshold value,
+		as reported by the ambient light sensor.
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
+Date:		December 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.19
+Contact:	Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+		Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		This file allows to control the input triggers that
+		turn on the keyboard backlight illumination that is
+		disabled because of inactivity.
+		Read the file to see the triggers available. The ones
+		enabled are preceded by '+', those disabled by '-'.
+
+		To enable a trigger, write its name preceded by '+' to
+		this file. To disable a trigger, write its name preceded
+		by '-' instead.
+
+		For example, to enable the keyboard as trigger run:
+		    echo +keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
+		To disable it:
+		    echo -keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
+
+		Note that not all the available triggers can be configured.
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout
+Date:		December 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.19
+Contact:	Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+		Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		This file allows to specify the interval after which the
+		keyboard illumination is disabled because of inactivity.
+		The timeouts are expressed in seconds, minutes, hours and
+		days, for which the symbols are 's', 'm', 'h' and 'd'
+		respectively.
+
+		To configure the timeout, write to this file a value along
+		with any the above units. If no unit is specified, the value
+		is assumed to be expressed in seconds.
+
+		For example, to set the timeout to 10 minutes run:
+		    echo 10m > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout
+
+		Note that when this file is read, the returned value might be
+		expressed in a different unit than the one used when the timeout
+		was set.
+
+		Also note that only some timeouts are supported and that
+		some systems might fall back to a specific timeout in case
+		an invalid timeout is written to this file.
diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle
index 449a8a1..f4b78ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/CodingStyle
+++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 Anyway, here goes:
 
 
-	 	Chapter 1: Indentation
+		Chapter 1: Indentation
 
 Tabs are 8 characters, and thus indentations are also 8 characters.
 There are heretic movements that try to make indentations 4 (or even 2!)
@@ -56,7 +56,6 @@
 		break;
 	}
 
-
 Don't put multiple statements on a single line unless you have
 something to hide:
 
@@ -156,25 +155,25 @@
 
 Do not unnecessarily use braces where a single statement will do.
 
-if (condition)
-	action();
+	if (condition)
+		action();
 
 and
 
-if (condition)
-	do_this();
-else
-	do_that();
+	if (condition)
+		do_this();
+	else
+		do_that();
 
 This does not apply if only one branch of a conditional statement is a single
 statement; in the latter case use braces in both branches:
 
-if (condition) {
-	do_this();
-	do_that();
-} else {
-	otherwise();
-}
+	if (condition) {
+		do_this();
+		do_that();
+	} else {
+		otherwise();
+	}
 
 		3.1:  Spaces
 
@@ -186,8 +185,11 @@
 "struct fileinfo info;" is declared).
 
 So use a space after these keywords:
+
 	if, switch, case, for, do, while
+
 but not with sizeof, typeof, alignof, or __attribute__.  E.g.,
+
 	s = sizeof(struct file);
 
 Do not add spaces around (inside) parenthesized expressions.  This example is
@@ -209,12 +211,15 @@
 	=  +  -  <  >  *  /  %  |  &  ^  <=  >=  ==  !=  ?  :
 
 but no space after unary operators:
+
 	&  *  +  -  ~  !  sizeof  typeof  alignof  __attribute__  defined
 
 no space before the postfix increment & decrement unary operators:
+
 	++  --
 
 no space after the prefix increment & decrement unary operators:
+
 	++  --
 
 and no space around the '.' and "->" structure member operators.
@@ -268,13 +273,11 @@
 		Chapter 5: Typedefs
 
 Please don't use things like "vps_t".
-
 It's a _mistake_ to use typedef for structures and pointers. When you see a
 
 	vps_t a;
 
 in the source, what does it mean?
-
 In contrast, if it says
 
 	struct virtual_container *a;
@@ -372,11 +375,11 @@
 exported, the EXPORT* macro for it should follow immediately after the closing
 function brace line.  E.g.:
 
-int system_is_up(void)
-{
-	return system_state == SYSTEM_RUNNING;
-}
-EXPORT_SYMBOL(system_is_up);
+	int system_is_up(void)
+	{
+		return system_state == SYSTEM_RUNNING;
+	}
+	EXPORT_SYMBOL(system_is_up);
 
 In function prototypes, include parameter names with their data types.
 Although this is not required by the C language, it is preferred in Linux
@@ -405,34 +408,34 @@
     modifications are prevented
 - saves the compiler work to optimize redundant code away ;)
 
-int fun(int a)
-{
-	int result = 0;
-	char *buffer;
+	int fun(int a)
+	{
+		int result = 0;
+		char *buffer;
 
-	buffer = kmalloc(SIZE, GFP_KERNEL);
-	if (!buffer)
-		return -ENOMEM;
+		buffer = kmalloc(SIZE, GFP_KERNEL);
+		if (!buffer)
+			return -ENOMEM;
 
-	if (condition1) {
-		while (loop1) {
-			...
+		if (condition1) {
+			while (loop1) {
+				...
+			}
+			result = 1;
+			goto out_buffer;
 		}
-		result = 1;
-		goto out_buffer;
+		...
+	out_buffer:
+		kfree(buffer);
+		return result;
 	}
-	...
-out_buffer:
-	kfree(buffer);
-	return result;
-}
 
 A common type of bug to be aware of it "one err bugs" which look like this:
 
-err:
-	kfree(foo->bar);
-	kfree(foo);
-	return ret;
+	err:
+		kfree(foo->bar);
+		kfree(foo);
+		return ret;
 
 The bug in this code is that on some exit paths "foo" is NULL.  Normally the
 fix for this is to split it up into two error labels "err_bar:" and "err_foo:".
@@ -503,9 +506,9 @@
 (defun c-lineup-arglist-tabs-only (ignored)
   "Line up argument lists by tabs, not spaces"
   (let* ((anchor (c-langelem-pos c-syntactic-element))
-	 (column (c-langelem-2nd-pos c-syntactic-element))
-	 (offset (- (1+ column) anchor))
-	 (steps (floor offset c-basic-offset)))
+         (column (c-langelem-2nd-pos c-syntactic-element))
+         (offset (- (1+ column) anchor))
+         (steps (floor offset c-basic-offset)))
     (* (max steps 1)
        c-basic-offset)))
 
@@ -612,7 +615,7 @@
 
 Names of macros defining constants and labels in enums are capitalized.
 
-#define CONSTANT 0x12345
+	#define CONSTANT 0x12345
 
 Enums are preferred when defining several related constants.
 
@@ -623,28 +626,28 @@
 
 Macros with multiple statements should be enclosed in a do - while block:
 
-#define macrofun(a, b, c) 			\
-	do {					\
-		if (a == 5)			\
-			do_this(b, c);		\
-	} while (0)
+	#define macrofun(a, b, c) 			\
+		do {					\
+			if (a == 5)			\
+				do_this(b, c);		\
+		} while (0)
 
 Things to avoid when using macros:
 
 1) macros that affect control flow:
 
-#define FOO(x)					\
-	do {					\
-		if (blah(x) < 0)		\
-			return -EBUGGERED;	\
-	} while(0)
+	#define FOO(x)					\
+		do {					\
+			if (blah(x) < 0)		\
+				return -EBUGGERED;	\
+		} while(0)
 
 is a _very_ bad idea.  It looks like a function call but exits the "calling"
 function; don't break the internal parsers of those who will read the code.
 
 2) macros that depend on having a local variable with a magic name:
 
-#define FOO(val) bar(index, val)
+	#define FOO(val) bar(index, val)
 
 might look like a good thing, but it's confusing as hell when one reads the
 code and it's prone to breakage from seemingly innocent changes.
@@ -656,8 +659,21 @@
 must enclose the expression in parentheses. Beware of similar issues with
 macros using parameters.
 
-#define CONSTANT 0x4000
-#define CONSTEXP (CONSTANT | 3)
+	#define CONSTANT 0x4000
+	#define CONSTEXP (CONSTANT | 3)
+
+5) namespace collisions when defining local variables in macros resembling
+functions:
+
+#define FOO(x)				\
+({					\
+	typeof(x) ret;			\
+	ret = calc_ret(x);		\
+	(ret);				\
+)}
+
+ret is a common name for a local variable - __foo_ret is less likely
+to collide with an existing variable.
 
 The cpp manual deals with macros exhaustively. The gcc internals manual also
 covers RTL which is used frequently with assembly language in the kernel.
@@ -796,11 +812,11 @@
 For example, if you need to calculate the length of an array, take advantage
 of the macro
 
-  #define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0]))
+	#define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0]))
 
 Similarly, if you need to calculate the size of some structure member, use
 
-  #define FIELD_SIZEOF(t, f) (sizeof(((t*)0)->f))
+	#define FIELD_SIZEOF(t, f) (sizeof(((t*)0)->f))
 
 There are also min() and max() macros that do strict type checking if you
 need them.  Feel free to peruse that header file to see what else is already
@@ -813,19 +829,19 @@
 indicated with special markers.  For example, emacs interprets lines marked
 like this:
 
--*- mode: c -*-
+	-*- mode: c -*-
 
 Or like this:
 
-/*
-Local Variables:
-compile-command: "gcc -DMAGIC_DEBUG_FLAG foo.c"
-End:
-*/
+	/*
+	Local Variables:
+	compile-command: "gcc -DMAGIC_DEBUG_FLAG foo.c"
+	End:
+	*/
 
 Vim interprets markers that look like this:
 
-/* vim:set sw=8 noet */
+	/* vim:set sw=8 noet */
 
 Do not include any of these in source files.  People have their own personal
 editor configurations, and your source files should not override them.  This
@@ -902,9 +918,9 @@
 place a comment after the #endif on the same line, noting the conditional
 expression used.  For instance:
 
-#ifdef CONFIG_SOMETHING
-...
-#endif /* CONFIG_SOMETHING */
+	#ifdef CONFIG_SOMETHING
+	...
+	#endif /* CONFIG_SOMETHING */
 
 
 		Appendix I: References
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl
index 04a8c24..efc8d90 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl
@@ -509,6 +509,270 @@
      select it due to the used type and mask field.
     </para>
    </sect1>
+
+   <sect1><title>Internal Structure of Kernel Crypto API</title>
+
+    <para>
+     The kernel crypto API has an internal structure where a cipher
+     implementation may use many layers and indirections. This section
+     shall help to clarify how the kernel crypto API uses
+     various components to implement the complete cipher.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     The following subsections explain the internal structure based
+     on existing cipher implementations. The first section addresses
+     the most complex scenario where all other scenarios form a logical
+     subset.
+    </para>
+
+    <sect2><title>Generic AEAD Cipher Structure</title>
+
+     <para>
+      The following ASCII art decomposes the kernel crypto API layers
+      when using the AEAD cipher with the automated IV generation. The
+      shown example is used by the IPSEC layer.
+     </para>
+
+     <para>
+      For other use cases of AEAD ciphers, the ASCII art applies as
+      well, but the caller may not use the GIVCIPHER interface. In
+      this case, the caller must generate the IV.
+     </para>
+
+     <para>
+      The depicted example decomposes the AEAD cipher of GCM(AES) based
+      on the generic C implementations (gcm.c, aes-generic.c, ctr.c,
+      ghash-generic.c, seqiv.c). The generic implementation serves as an
+      example showing the complete logic of the kernel crypto API.
+     </para>
+
+     <para>
+      It is possible that some streamlined cipher implementations (like
+      AES-NI) provide implementations merging aspects which in the view
+      of the kernel crypto API cannot be decomposed into layers any more.
+      In case of the AES-NI implementation, the CTR mode, the GHASH
+      implementation and the AES cipher are all merged into one cipher
+      implementation registered with the kernel crypto API. In this case,
+      the concept described by the following ASCII art applies too. However,
+      the decomposition of GCM into the individual sub-components
+      by the kernel crypto API is not done any more.
+     </para>
+
+     <para>
+      Each block in the following ASCII art is an independent cipher
+      instance obtained from the kernel crypto API. Each block
+      is accessed by the caller or by other blocks using the API functions
+      defined by the kernel crypto API for the cipher implementation type.
+     </para>
+
+     <para>
+      The blocks below indicate the cipher type as well as the specific
+      logic implemented in the cipher.
+     </para>
+
+     <para>
+      The ASCII art picture also indicates the call structure, i.e. who
+      calls which component. The arrows point to the invoked block
+      where the caller uses the API applicable to the cipher type
+      specified for the block.
+     </para>
+
+     <programlisting>
+<![CDATA[
+kernel crypto API                                |   IPSEC Layer
+                                                 |
++-----------+                                    |
+|           |            (1)
+| givcipher | <-----------------------------------  esp_output
+|  (seqiv)  | ---+
++-----------+    |
+                 | (2)
++-----------+    |
+|           | <--+                (2)
+|   aead    | <-----------------------------------  esp_input
+|   (gcm)   | ------------+
++-----------+             |
+      | (3)               | (5)
+      v                   v
++-----------+       +-----------+
+|           |       |           |
+| ablkcipher|       |   ahash   |
+|   (ctr)   | ---+  |  (ghash)  |
++-----------+    |  +-----------+
+                 |
++-----------+    | (4)
+|           | <--+
+|   cipher  |
+|   (aes)   |
++-----------+
+]]>
+     </programlisting>
+
+     <para>
+      The following call sequence is applicable when the IPSEC layer
+      triggers an encryption operation with the esp_output function. During
+      configuration, the administrator set up the use of rfc4106(gcm(aes)) as
+      the cipher for ESP. The following call sequence is now depicted in the
+      ASCII art above:
+     </para>
+
+     <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+       <para>
+        esp_output() invokes crypto_aead_givencrypt() to trigger an encryption
+        operation of the GIVCIPHER implementation.
+       </para>
+
+       <para>
+        In case of GCM, the SEQIV implementation is registered as GIVCIPHER
+        in crypto_rfc4106_alloc().
+       </para>
+
+       <para>
+        The SEQIV performs its operation to generate an IV where the core
+        function is seqiv_geniv().
+       </para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+       <para>
+        Now, SEQIV uses the AEAD API function calls to invoke the associated
+        AEAD cipher. In our case, during the instantiation of SEQIV, the
+        cipher handle for GCM is provided to SEQIV. This means that SEQIV
+        invokes AEAD cipher operations with the GCM cipher handle.
+       </para>
+
+       <para>
+        During instantiation of the GCM handle, the CTR(AES) and GHASH
+        ciphers are instantiated. The cipher handles for CTR(AES) and GHASH
+        are retained for later use.
+       </para>
+
+       <para>
+        The GCM implementation is responsible to invoke the CTR mode AES and
+        the GHASH cipher in the right manner to implement the GCM
+        specification.
+       </para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+       <para>
+        The GCM AEAD cipher type implementation now invokes the ABLKCIPHER API
+        with the instantiated CTR(AES) cipher handle.
+       </para>
+
+       <para>
+	During instantiation of the CTR(AES) cipher, the CIPHER type
+	implementation of AES is instantiated. The cipher handle for AES is
+	retained.
+       </para>
+
+       <para>
+        That means that the ABLKCIPHER implementation of CTR(AES) only
+        implements the CTR block chaining mode. After performing the block
+        chaining operation, the CIPHER implementation of AES is invoked.
+       </para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+       <para>
+        The ABLKCIPHER of CTR(AES) now invokes the CIPHER API with the AES
+        cipher handle to encrypt one block.
+       </para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+       <para>
+        The GCM AEAD implementation also invokes the GHASH cipher
+        implementation via the AHASH API.
+       </para>
+      </listitem>
+     </orderedlist>
+
+     <para>
+      When the IPSEC layer triggers the esp_input() function, the same call
+      sequence is followed with the only difference that the operation starts
+      with step (2).
+     </para>
+    </sect2>
+
+    <sect2><title>Generic Block Cipher Structure</title>
+     <para>
+      Generic block ciphers follow the same concept as depicted with the ASCII
+      art picture above.
+     </para>
+
+     <para>
+      For example, CBC(AES) is implemented with cbc.c, and aes-generic.c. The
+      ASCII art picture above applies as well with the difference that only
+      step (4) is used and the ABLKCIPHER block chaining mode is CBC.
+     </para>
+    </sect2>
+
+    <sect2><title>Generic Keyed Message Digest Structure</title>
+     <para>
+      Keyed message digest implementations again follow the same concept as
+      depicted in the ASCII art picture above.
+     </para>
+
+     <para>
+      For example, HMAC(SHA256) is implemented with hmac.c and
+      sha256_generic.c. The following ASCII art illustrates the
+      implementation:
+     </para>
+
+     <programlisting>
+<![CDATA[
+kernel crypto API            |       Caller
+                             |
++-----------+         (1)    |
+|           | <------------------  some_function
+|   ahash   |
+|   (hmac)  | ---+
++-----------+    |
+                 | (2)
++-----------+    |
+|           | <--+
+|   shash   |
+|  (sha256) |
++-----------+
+]]>
+     </programlisting>
+
+     <para>
+      The following call sequence is applicable when a caller triggers
+      an HMAC operation:
+     </para>
+
+     <orderedlist>
+      <listitem>
+       <para>
+        The AHASH API functions are invoked by the caller. The HMAC
+        implementation performs its operation as needed.
+       </para>
+
+       <para>
+        During initialization of the HMAC cipher, the SHASH cipher type of
+        SHA256 is instantiated. The cipher handle for the SHA256 instance is
+        retained.
+       </para>
+
+       <para>
+        At one time, the HMAC implementation requires a SHA256 operation
+        where the SHA256 cipher handle is used.
+       </para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+       <para>
+        The HMAC instance now invokes the SHASH API with the SHA256
+        cipher handle to calculate the message digest.
+       </para>
+      </listitem>
+     </orderedlist>
+    </sect2>
+   </sect1>
   </chapter>
 
   <chapter id="Development"><title>Developing Cipher Algorithms</title>
@@ -808,6 +1072,602 @@
    </sect1>
   </chapter>
 
+  <chapter id="User"><title>User Space Interface</title>
+   <sect1><title>Introduction</title>
+    <para>
+     The concepts of the kernel crypto API visible to kernel space is fully
+     applicable to the user space interface as well. Therefore, the kernel
+     crypto API high level discussion for the in-kernel use cases applies
+     here as well.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     The major difference, however, is that user space can only act as a
+     consumer and never as a provider of a transformation or cipher algorithm.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     The following covers the user space interface exported by the kernel
+     crypto API. A working example of this description is libkcapi that
+     can be obtained from [1]. That library can be used by user space
+     applications that require cryptographic services from the kernel.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     Some details of the in-kernel kernel crypto API aspects do not
+     apply to user space, however. This includes the difference between
+     synchronous and asynchronous invocations. The user space API call
+     is fully synchronous.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     [1] http://www.chronox.de/libkcapi.html
+    </para>
+
+   </sect1>
+
+   <sect1><title>User Space API General Remarks</title>
+    <para>
+     The kernel crypto API is accessible from user space. Currently,
+     the following ciphers are accessible:
+    </para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+     <listitem>
+      <para>Message digest including keyed message digest (HMAC, CMAC)</para>
+     </listitem>
+
+     <listitem>
+      <para>Symmetric ciphers</para>
+     </listitem>
+
+     <listitem>
+      <para>AEAD ciphers</para>
+     </listitem>
+
+     <listitem>
+      <para>Random Number Generators</para>
+     </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>
+     The interface is provided via socket type using the type AF_ALG.
+     In addition, the setsockopt option type is SOL_ALG. In case the
+     user space header files do not export these flags yet, use the
+     following macros:
+    </para>
+
+    <programlisting>
+#ifndef AF_ALG
+#define AF_ALG 38
+#endif
+#ifndef SOL_ALG
+#define SOL_ALG 279
+#endif
+    </programlisting>
+
+    <para>
+     A cipher is accessed with the same name as done for the in-kernel
+     API calls. This includes the generic vs. unique naming schema for
+     ciphers as well as the enforcement of priorities for generic names.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     To interact with the kernel crypto API, a socket must be
+     created by the user space application. User space invokes the cipher
+     operation with the send()/write() system call family. The result of the
+     cipher operation is obtained with the read()/recv() system call family.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     The following API calls assume that the socket descriptor
+     is already opened by the user space application and discusses only
+     the kernel crypto API specific invocations.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     To initialize the socket interface, the following sequence has to
+     be performed by the consumer:
+    </para>
+
+    <orderedlist>
+     <listitem>
+      <para>
+       Create a socket of type AF_ALG with the struct sockaddr_alg
+       parameter specified below for the different cipher types.
+      </para>
+     </listitem>
+
+     <listitem>
+      <para>
+       Invoke bind with the socket descriptor
+      </para>
+     </listitem>
+
+     <listitem>
+      <para>
+       Invoke accept with the socket descriptor. The accept system call
+       returns a new file descriptor that is to be used to interact with
+       the particular cipher instance. When invoking send/write or recv/read
+       system calls to send data to the kernel or obtain data from the
+       kernel, the file descriptor returned by accept must be used.
+      </para>
+     </listitem>
+    </orderedlist>
+   </sect1>
+
+   <sect1><title>In-place Cipher operation</title>
+    <para>
+     Just like the in-kernel operation of the kernel crypto API, the user
+     space interface allows the cipher operation in-place. That means that
+     the input buffer used for the send/write system call and the output
+     buffer used by the read/recv system call may be one and the same.
+     This is of particular interest for symmetric cipher operations where a
+     copying of the output data to its final destination can be avoided.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     If a consumer on the other hand wants to maintain the plaintext and
+     the ciphertext in different memory locations, all a consumer needs
+     to do is to provide different memory pointers for the encryption and
+     decryption operation.
+    </para>
+   </sect1>
+
+   <sect1><title>Message Digest API</title>
+    <para>
+     The message digest type to be used for the cipher operation is
+     selected when invoking the bind syscall. bind requires the caller
+     to provide a filled struct sockaddr data structure. This data
+     structure must be filled as follows:
+    </para>
+
+    <programlisting>
+struct sockaddr_alg sa = {
+	.salg_family = AF_ALG,
+	.salg_type = "hash", /* this selects the hash logic in the kernel */
+	.salg_name = "sha1" /* this is the cipher name */
+};
+    </programlisting>
+
+    <para>
+     The salg_type value "hash" applies to message digests and keyed
+     message digests. Though, a keyed message digest is referenced by
+     the appropriate salg_name. Please see below for the setsockopt
+     interface that explains how the key can be set for a keyed message
+     digest.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     Using the send() system call, the application provides the data that
+     should be processed with the message digest. The send system call
+     allows the following flags to be specified:
+    </para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+     <listitem>
+      <para>
+       MSG_MORE: If this flag is set, the send system call acts like a
+       message digest update function where the final hash is not
+       yet calculated. If the flag is not set, the send system call
+       calculates the final message digest immediately.
+      </para>
+     </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>
+     With the recv() system call, the application can read the message
+     digest from the kernel crypto API. If the buffer is too small for the
+     message digest, the flag MSG_TRUNC is set by the kernel.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     In order to set a message digest key, the calling application must use
+     the setsockopt() option of ALG_SET_KEY. If the key is not set the HMAC
+     operation is performed without the initial HMAC state change caused by
+     the key.
+    </para>
+   </sect1>
+
+   <sect1><title>Symmetric Cipher API</title>
+    <para>
+     The operation is very similar to the message digest discussion.
+     During initialization, the struct sockaddr data structure must be
+     filled as follows:
+    </para>
+
+    <programlisting>
+struct sockaddr_alg sa = {
+	.salg_family = AF_ALG,
+	.salg_type = "skcipher", /* this selects the symmetric cipher */
+	.salg_name = "cbc(aes)" /* this is the cipher name */
+};
+    </programlisting>
+
+    <para>
+     Before data can be sent to the kernel using the write/send system
+     call family, the consumer must set the key. The key setting is
+     described with the setsockopt invocation below.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     Using the sendmsg() system call, the application provides the data that should be processed for encryption or decryption. In addition, the IV is
+     specified with the data structure provided by the sendmsg() system call.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     The sendmsg system call parameter of struct msghdr is embedded into the
+     struct cmsghdr data structure. See recv(2) and cmsg(3) for more
+     information on how the cmsghdr data structure is used together with the
+     send/recv system call family. That cmsghdr data structure holds the
+     following information specified with a separate header instances:
+    </para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+     <listitem>
+      <para>
+       specification of the cipher operation type with one of these flags:
+      </para>
+      <itemizedlist>
+       <listitem>
+        <para>ALG_OP_ENCRYPT - encryption of data</para>
+       </listitem>
+       <listitem>
+        <para>ALG_OP_DECRYPT - decryption of data</para>
+       </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+     </listitem>
+
+     <listitem>
+      <para>
+       specification of the IV information marked with the flag ALG_SET_IV
+      </para>
+     </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>
+     The send system call family allows the following flag to be specified:
+    </para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+     <listitem>
+      <para>
+       MSG_MORE: If this flag is set, the send system call acts like a
+       cipher update function where more input data is expected
+       with a subsequent invocation of the send system call.
+      </para>
+     </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>
+     Note: The kernel reports -EINVAL for any unexpected data. The caller
+     must make sure that all data matches the constraints given in
+     /proc/crypto for the selected cipher.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     With the recv() system call, the application can read the result of
+     the cipher operation from the kernel crypto API. The output buffer
+     must be at least as large as to hold all blocks of the encrypted or
+     decrypted data. If the output data size is smaller, only as many
+     blocks are returned that fit into that output buffer size.
+    </para>
+   </sect1>
+
+   <sect1><title>AEAD Cipher API</title>
+    <para>
+     The operation is very similar to the symmetric cipher discussion.
+     During initialization, the struct sockaddr data structure must be
+     filled as follows:
+    </para>
+
+    <programlisting>
+struct sockaddr_alg sa = {
+	.salg_family = AF_ALG,
+	.salg_type = "aead", /* this selects the symmetric cipher */
+	.salg_name = "gcm(aes)" /* this is the cipher name */
+};
+    </programlisting>
+
+    <para>
+     Before data can be sent to the kernel using the write/send system
+     call family, the consumer must set the key. The key setting is
+     described with the setsockopt invocation below.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     In addition, before data can be sent to the kernel using the
+     write/send system call family, the consumer must set the authentication
+     tag size. To set the authentication tag size, the caller must use the
+     setsockopt invocation described below.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     Using the sendmsg() system call, the application provides the data that should be processed for encryption or decryption. In addition, the IV is
+     specified with the data structure provided by the sendmsg() system call.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     The sendmsg system call parameter of struct msghdr is embedded into the
+     struct cmsghdr data structure. See recv(2) and cmsg(3) for more
+     information on how the cmsghdr data structure is used together with the
+     send/recv system call family. That cmsghdr data structure holds the
+     following information specified with a separate header instances:
+    </para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+     <listitem>
+      <para>
+       specification of the cipher operation type with one of these flags:
+      </para>
+      <itemizedlist>
+       <listitem>
+        <para>ALG_OP_ENCRYPT - encryption of data</para>
+       </listitem>
+       <listitem>
+        <para>ALG_OP_DECRYPT - decryption of data</para>
+       </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+     </listitem>
+
+     <listitem>
+      <para>
+       specification of the IV information marked with the flag ALG_SET_IV
+      </para>
+     </listitem>
+
+     <listitem>
+      <para>
+       specification of the associated authentication data (AAD) with the
+       flag ALG_SET_AEAD_ASSOCLEN. The AAD is sent to the kernel together
+       with the plaintext / ciphertext. See below for the memory structure.
+      </para>
+     </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>
+     The send system call family allows the following flag to be specified:
+    </para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+     <listitem>
+      <para>
+       MSG_MORE: If this flag is set, the send system call acts like a
+       cipher update function where more input data is expected
+       with a subsequent invocation of the send system call.
+      </para>
+     </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para>
+     Note: The kernel reports -EINVAL for any unexpected data. The caller
+     must make sure that all data matches the constraints given in
+     /proc/crypto for the selected cipher.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     With the recv() system call, the application can read the result of
+     the cipher operation from the kernel crypto API. The output buffer
+     must be at least as large as defined with the memory structure below.
+     If the output data size is smaller, the cipher operation is not performed.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     The authenticated decryption operation may indicate an integrity error.
+     Such breach in integrity is marked with the -EBADMSG error code.
+    </para>
+
+    <sect2><title>AEAD Memory Structure</title>
+     <para>
+      The AEAD cipher operates with the following information that
+      is communicated between user and kernel space as one data stream:
+     </para>
+
+     <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+       <para>plaintext or ciphertext</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+       <para>associated authentication data (AAD)</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+       <para>authentication tag</para>
+      </listitem>
+     </itemizedlist>
+
+     <para>
+      The sizes of the AAD and the authentication tag are provided with
+      the sendmsg and setsockopt calls (see there). As the kernel knows
+      the size of the entire data stream, the kernel is now able to
+      calculate the right offsets of the data components in the data
+      stream.
+     </para>
+
+     <para>
+      The user space caller must arrange the aforementioned information
+      in the following order:
+     </para>
+
+     <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+       <para>
+        AEAD encryption input: AAD || plaintext
+       </para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+       <para>
+        AEAD decryption input: AAD || ciphertext || authentication tag
+       </para>
+      </listitem>
+     </itemizedlist>
+
+     <para>
+      The output buffer the user space caller provides must be at least as
+      large to hold the following data:
+     </para>
+
+     <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+       <para>
+        AEAD encryption output: ciphertext || authentication tag
+       </para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+       <para>
+        AEAD decryption output: plaintext
+       </para>
+      </listitem>
+     </itemizedlist>
+    </sect2>
+   </sect1>
+
+   <sect1><title>Random Number Generator API</title>
+    <para>
+     Again, the operation is very similar to the other APIs.
+     During initialization, the struct sockaddr data structure must be
+     filled as follows:
+    </para>
+
+    <programlisting>
+struct sockaddr_alg sa = {
+	.salg_family = AF_ALG,
+	.salg_type = "rng", /* this selects the symmetric cipher */
+	.salg_name = "drbg_nopr_sha256" /* this is the cipher name */
+};
+    </programlisting>
+
+    <para>
+     Depending on the RNG type, the RNG must be seeded. The seed is provided
+     using the setsockopt interface to set the key. For example, the
+     ansi_cprng requires a seed. The DRBGs do not require a seed, but
+     may be seeded.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     Using the read()/recvmsg() system calls, random numbers can be obtained.
+     The kernel generates at most 128 bytes in one call. If user space
+     requires more data, multiple calls to read()/recvmsg() must be made.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     WARNING: The user space caller may invoke the initially mentioned
+     accept system call multiple times. In this case, the returned file
+     descriptors have the same state.
+    </para>
+
+   </sect1>
+
+   <sect1><title>Zero-Copy Interface</title>
+    <para>
+     In addition to the send/write/read/recv system call familty, the AF_ALG
+     interface can be accessed with the zero-copy interface of splice/vmsplice.
+     As the name indicates, the kernel tries to avoid a copy operation into
+     kernel space.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     The zero-copy operation requires data to be aligned at the page boundary.
+     Non-aligned data can be used as well, but may require more operations of
+     the kernel which would defeat the speed gains obtained from the zero-copy
+     interface.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     The system-interent limit for the size of one zero-copy operation is
+     16 pages. If more data is to be sent to AF_ALG, user space must slice
+     the input into segments with a maximum size of 16 pages.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     Zero-copy can be used with the following code example (a complete working
+     example is provided with libkcapi):
+    </para>
+
+    <programlisting>
+int pipes[2];
+
+pipe(pipes);
+/* input data in iov */
+vmsplice(pipes[1], iov, iovlen, SPLICE_F_GIFT);
+/* opfd is the file descriptor returned from accept() system call */
+splice(pipes[0], NULL, opfd, NULL, ret, 0);
+read(opfd, out, outlen);
+    </programlisting>
+
+   </sect1>
+
+   <sect1><title>Setsockopt Interface</title>
+    <para>
+     In addition to the read/recv and send/write system call handling
+     to send and retrieve data subject to the cipher operation, a consumer
+     also needs to set the additional information for the cipher operation.
+     This additional information is set using the setsockopt system call
+     that must be invoked with the file descriptor of the open cipher
+     (i.e. the file descriptor returned by the accept system call).
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     Each setsockopt invocation must use the level SOL_ALG.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     The setsockopt interface allows setting the following data using
+     the mentioned optname:
+    </para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+     <listitem>
+      <para>
+       ALG_SET_KEY -- Setting the key. Key setting is applicable to:
+      </para>
+      <itemizedlist>
+       <listitem>
+        <para>the skcipher cipher type (symmetric ciphers)</para>
+       </listitem>
+       <listitem>
+        <para>the hash cipher type (keyed message digests)</para>
+       </listitem>
+       <listitem>
+        <para>the AEAD cipher type</para>
+       </listitem>
+       <listitem>
+        <para>the RNG cipher type to provide the seed</para>
+       </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+     </listitem>
+
+     <listitem>
+      <para>
+       ALG_SET_AEAD_AUTHSIZE -- Setting the authentication tag size
+       for AEAD ciphers. For a encryption operation, the authentication
+       tag of the given size will be generated. For a decryption operation,
+       the provided ciphertext is assumed to contain an authentication tag
+       of the given size (see section about AEAD memory layout below).
+      </para>
+     </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+   </sect1>
+
+   <sect1><title>User space API example</title>
+    <para>
+     Please see [1] for libkcapi which provides an easy-to-use wrapper
+     around the aforementioned Netlink kernel interface. [1] also contains
+     a test application that invokes all libkcapi API calls.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+     [1] http://www.chronox.de/libkcapi.html
+    </para>
+
+   </sect1>
+
+  </chapter>
+
   <chapter id="API"><title>Programming Interface</title>
    <sect1><title>Block Cipher Context Data Structures</title>
 !Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Block Cipher Context Data Structures
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
index 03f1985..9765a4c 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
@@ -1293,7 +1293,7 @@
           </para>
           <para>
             If a page flip can be successfully scheduled the driver must set the
-            <code>drm_crtc-&lt;fb</code> field to the new framebuffer pointed to
+            <code>drm_crtc-&gt;fb</code> field to the new framebuffer pointed to
             by <code>fb</code>. This is important so that the reference counting
             on framebuffers stays balanced.
           </para>
@@ -3979,6 +3979,11 @@
 !Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_runtime_pm_disable_interrupts
 !Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_runtime_pm_enable_interrupts
       </sect2>
+      <sect2>
+        <title>Intel GVT-g Guest Support(vGPU)</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_vgpu.c Intel GVT-g guest support
+!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_vgpu.c
+      </sect2>
     </sect1>
     <sect1>
       <title>Display Hardware Handling</title>
@@ -4048,6 +4053,17 @@
 !Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_fbc.c
       </sect2>
       <sect2>
+        <title>Display Refresh Rate Switching (DRRS)</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c Display Refresh Rate Switching (DRRS)
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_dp_set_drrs_state
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_edp_drrs_enable
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_edp_drrs_disable
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_edp_drrs_invalidate
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_edp_drrs_flush
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_dp_drrs_init
+
+      </sect2>
+      <sect2>
         <title>DPIO</title>
 !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_reg.h DPIO
 	<table id="dpiox2">
@@ -4168,7 +4184,7 @@
       <sect2>
         <title>Buffer Object Eviction</title>
 	<para>
-	  This section documents the interface function for evicting buffer
+	  This section documents the interface functions for evicting buffer
 	  objects to make space available in the virtual gpu address spaces.
 	  Note that this is mostly orthogonal to shrinking buffer objects
 	  caches, which has the goal to make main memory (shared with the gpu
@@ -4176,6 +4192,17 @@
 	</para>
 !Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_evict.c
       </sect2>
+      <sect2>
+        <title>Buffer Object Memory Shrinking</title>
+	<para>
+	  This section documents the interface function for shrinking memory
+	  usage of buffer object caches. Shrinking is used to make main memory
+	  available.  Note that this is mostly orthogonal to evicting buffer
+	  objects, which has the goal to make space in gpu virtual address
+	  spaces.
+	</para>
+!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_shrinker.c
+      </sect2>
     </sect1>
 
     <sect1>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml
index 7ff01a2..fdee6b3 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml
@@ -1,14 +1,13 @@
   <bibliography>
     <title>References</title>
 
-    <biblioentry id="eia608">
-      <abbrev>EIA&nbsp;608-B</abbrev>
+    <biblioentry id="cea608">
+      <abbrev>CEA&nbsp;608-E</abbrev>
       <authorgroup>
-	<corpauthor>Electronic Industries Alliance (<ulink
-url="http://www.eia.org">http://www.eia.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+	<corpauthor>Consumer Electronics Association (<ulink
+url="http://www.ce.org">http://www.ce.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
       </authorgroup>
-      <title>EIA 608-B "Recommended Practice for Line 21 Data
-Service"</title>
+      <title>CEA-608-E R-2014 "Line 21 Data Services"</title>
     </biblioentry>
 
     <biblioentry id="en300294">
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
index 350dfb3..a0aef85 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
@@ -2491,7 +2491,7 @@
         </listitem>
         <listitem>
 	  <para>Added <constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_RANGE</constant> control event
-	  changes flag. See <xref linkend="changes-flags"/>.</para>
+	  changes flag. See <xref linkend="ctrl-changes-flags"/>.</para>
         </listitem>
       </orderedlist>
     </section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml
index 7a8bf30..0aec62e 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_CAPTION_525</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>0x1000</entry>
-	    <entry><xref linkend="eia608" /></entry>
+	    <entry><xref linkend="cea608" /></entry>
 	    <entry>NTSC line 21, 284 (second field 21)</entry>
 	    <entry>Two bytes in transmission order, including parity
 bit, lsb first transmitted.</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml
index 116c301..5872f8bb 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml
@@ -143,86 +143,28 @@
 	  <row>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>struct</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>v4l</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>dev</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>Valid for V4L sub-devices and nodes only.</entry>
+	    <entry>Valid for (sub-)devices that create a single device node.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>major</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>V4L device node major number. For V4L sub-devices with no
-	    device node, set by the driver to 0.</entry>
+	    <entry>Device node major number.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>minor</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>V4L device node minor number. For V4L sub-devices with no
-	    device node, set by the driver to 0.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>struct</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>fb</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>Valid for frame buffer nodes only.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>major</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>Frame buffer device node major number.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>minor</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>Frame buffer device node minor number.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>struct</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>alsa</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>Valid for ALSA devices only.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>card</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>ALSA card number</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>device</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>ALSA device number</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>subdevice</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>ALSA sub-device number</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>int</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>dvb</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>DVB card number</entry>
+	    <entry>Device node minor number.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>__u8</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>raw</structfield>[180]</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>raw</structfield>[184]</entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	  </row>
@@ -253,8 +195,24 @@
 	    <entry>ALSA card</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>DVB card</entry>
+	    <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_FE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>DVB frontend devnode</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_DEMUX</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>DVB demux devnode</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_DVR</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>DVB DVR devnode</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_CA</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>DVB CAM devnode</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_NET</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>DVB network devnode</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV</constant></entry>
@@ -282,6 +240,10 @@
 	    it in some digital video standard, with appropriate embedded timing
 	    signals.</entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_TUNER</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>TV and/or radio tuner</entry>
+	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml
index 6ab4f0f..b60fb93 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml
@@ -303,45 +303,6 @@
 	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	  </row>
-	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR666">
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR666</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>'BGRH'</entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	  </row>
 	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR24">
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>'BGR3'</entry>
@@ -404,6 +365,46 @@
 	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR666">
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR666</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>'BGRH'</entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	  </row>
 	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-ABGR32">
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_ABGR32</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>'AR24'</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml
index 19727ab..7803b8c 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml
@@ -38,10 +38,10 @@
 		    </row>
 		    <row>
 		      <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;4:</entry>
-		      <entry>R<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-		      <entry>B<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-		      <entry>R<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
-		      <entry>B<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>B<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>G<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>B<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>G<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
 		    </row>
 		    <row>
 		      <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;8:</entry>
@@ -52,10 +52,10 @@
 		    </row>
 		    <row>
 		      <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;12:</entry>
-		      <entry>R<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
-		      <entry>B<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
-		      <entry>R<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
-		      <entry>B<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>B<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>G<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>B<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>G<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
 		    </row>
 		  </tbody>
 		</tgroup>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml
index 30aa635..a8cc102 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 	<title>Byte Order.</title>
 	<para>Each cell is one byte.
 	  <informaltable frame="topbot" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
-	    <tgroup cols="5" align="center" border="1">
+	    <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
 	      <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
 	      <tbody valign="top">
 		<row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml
index 60308f1..e781cc6 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml
@@ -29,12 +29,12 @@
 words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row
 (including padding).</para>
 
-	<para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant> is intended to be
+	<para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant> is intended to be
 used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API,
 described in <xref linkend="planar-apis"/>. </para>
 
 	<example>
-	  <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant> 4 &times; 4
+	  <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant> 4 &times; 4
 pixel image</title>
 
 	  <formalpara>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
index 5e0352c..fcde4e2 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
@@ -80,9 +80,9 @@
 boundary. Input devices may write padding bytes, the value is
 undefined. Output devices ignore the contents of padding
 bytes.</para><para>When the image format is planar the
-<structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value applies to the largest
+<structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value applies to the first
 plane and is divided by the same factor as the
-<structfield>width</structfield> field for any smaller planes. For
+<structfield>width</structfield> field for the other planes. For
 example the Cb and Cr planes of a YUV 4:2:0 image have half as many
 padding bytes following each line as the Y plane. To avoid ambiguities
 drivers must return a <structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value
@@ -182,14 +182,14 @@
           </entry>
         </row>
         <row>
-          <entry>__u16</entry>
+          <entry>__u32</entry>
           <entry><structfield>bytesperline</structfield></entry>
           <entry>Distance in bytes between the leftmost pixels in two adjacent
             lines. See &v4l2-pix-format;.</entry>
         </row>
         <row>
           <entry>__u16</entry>
-          <entry><structfield>reserved[7]</structfield></entry>
+          <entry><structfield>reserved[6]</structfield></entry>
           <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Should be zeroed by the
            application.</entry>
         </row>
@@ -483,8 +483,8 @@
 Y'CbCr encodings and the third is the quantization identifier (&v4l2-quantization;)
 to specify non-standard quantization methods. Most of the time only the colorspace
 field of &v4l2-pix-format; or &v4l2-pix-format-mplane; needs to be filled in. Note
-that the default R'G'B' quantization is always full range for all colorspaces,
-so this won't be mentioned explicitly for each colorspace description.</para>
+that the default R'G'B' quantization is full range for all colorspaces except for
+BT.2020 which uses limited range R'G'B' quantization.</para>
 
     <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-colorspace">
       <title>V4L2 Colorspaces</title>
@@ -598,7 +598,8 @@
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_QUANTIZATION_DEFAULT</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>Use the default quantization encoding as defined by the colorspace.
-This is always full range for R'G'B' and usually limited range for Y'CbCr.</entry>
+This is always full range for R'G'B' (except for the BT.2020 colorspace) and usually
+limited range for Y'CbCr.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_QUANTIZATION_FULL_RANGE</constant></entry>
@@ -620,8 +621,8 @@
 
   <section>
     <title>Detailed Colorspace Descriptions</title>
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-smpte-170m">Colorspace SMPTE 170M (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-smpte-170m">
+      <title>Colorspace SMPTE 170M (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M</constant>)</title>
       <para>The <xref linkend="smpte170m" /> standard defines the colorspace used by NTSC and PAL and by SDTV
 in general. The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>.
 The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and
@@ -666,8 +667,7 @@
       <variablelist>
 	<varlistentry>
           <term>The transfer function defined for SMPTE 170M is the same as the
-one defined in Rec. 709. Normally L is in the range [0&hellip;1], but for the extended
-gamut xvYCC encoding values outside that range are allowed.</term>
+one defined in Rec. 709.</term>
 	  <listitem>
             <para>L' = -1.099(-L)<superscript>0.45</superscript>&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.099&nbsp;for&nbsp;L&nbsp;&le;&nbsp;-0.018</para>
             <para>L' = 4.5L&nbsp;for&nbsp;-0.018&nbsp;&lt;&nbsp;L&nbsp;&lt;&nbsp;0.018</para>
@@ -702,29 +702,10 @@
 though BT.601 does not mention any color primaries.</para>
       <para>The default quantization is limited range, but full range is possible although
 rarely seen.</para>
-      <para>The <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant> encoding as described above is the
-default for this colorspace, but it can be overridden with <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709</constant>,
-in which case the Rec. 709 Y'CbCr encoding is used.</para>
-      <variablelist>
-	<varlistentry>
-      	  <term>The xvYCC 601 encoding (<constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601</constant>, <xref linkend="xvycc" />) is similar
-to the BT.601 encoding, but it allows for R', G' and B' values that are outside the range
-[0&hellip;1]. The resulting Y', Cb and Cr values are scaled and offset:</term>
-	  <listitem>
-            <para>Y'&nbsp;=&nbsp;(219&nbsp;/&nbsp;255)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(0.299R'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.587G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.114B')&nbsp;+&nbsp;(16&nbsp;/&nbsp;255)</para>
-            <para>Cb&nbsp;=&nbsp;(224&nbsp;/&nbsp;255)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(-0.169R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.331G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.5B')</para>
-            <para>Cr&nbsp;=&nbsp;(224&nbsp;/&nbsp;255)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(0.5R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.419G'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.081B')</para>
-	  </listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-      <para>Y' is clamped to the range [0&hellip;1] and Cb and Cr are clamped
-to the range [-0.5&hellip;0.5]. The non-standard xvYCC 709 encoding can also be used by selecting
-<constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV709</constant>. The xvYCC encodings always use full range
-quantization.</para>
     </section>
 
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-rec709">Colorspace Rec. 709 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-rec709">
+      <title>Colorspace Rec. 709 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709</constant>)</title>
       <para>The <xref linkend="itu709" /> standard defines the colorspace used by HDTV in general. The default
 Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is
 limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para>
@@ -803,26 +784,39 @@
       <para>The <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709</constant> encoding described above is the default
 for this colorspace, but it can be overridden with <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>, in which
 case the BT.601 Y'CbCr encoding is used.</para>
+      <para>Two additional extended gamut Y'CbCr encodings are also possible with this colorspace:</para>
       <variablelist>
 	<varlistentry>
       	  <term>The xvYCC 709 encoding (<constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV709</constant>, <xref linkend="xvycc" />)
 is similar to the Rec. 709 encoding, but it allows for R', G' and B' values that are outside the range
 [0&hellip;1]. The resulting Y', Cb and Cr values are scaled and offset:</term>
 	  <listitem>
-            <para>Y'&nbsp;=&nbsp;(219&nbsp;/&nbsp;255)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(0.2126R'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.7152G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.0722B')&nbsp;+&nbsp;(16&nbsp;/&nbsp;255)</para>
-            <para>Cb&nbsp;=&nbsp;(224&nbsp;/&nbsp;255)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(-0.1146R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.3854G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.5B')</para>
-            <para>Cr&nbsp;=&nbsp;(224&nbsp;/&nbsp;255)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(0.5R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.4542G'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.0458B')</para>
+            <para>Y'&nbsp;=&nbsp;(219&nbsp;/&nbsp;256)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(0.2126R'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.7152G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.0722B')&nbsp;+&nbsp;(16&nbsp;/&nbsp;256)</para>
+            <para>Cb&nbsp;=&nbsp;(224&nbsp;/&nbsp;256)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(-0.1146R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.3854G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.5B')</para>
+            <para>Cr&nbsp;=&nbsp;(224&nbsp;/&nbsp;256)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(0.5R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.4542G'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.0458B')</para>
+	  </listitem>
+	</varlistentry>
+      </variablelist>
+      <variablelist>
+	<varlistentry>
+         <term>The xvYCC 601 encoding (<constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601</constant>, <xref linkend="xvycc" />) is similar
+to the BT.601 encoding, but it allows for R', G' and B' values that are outside the range
+[0&hellip;1]. The resulting Y', Cb and Cr values are scaled and offset:</term>
+	  <listitem>
+            <para>Y'&nbsp;=&nbsp;(219&nbsp;/&nbsp;256)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(0.299R'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.587G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.114B')&nbsp;+&nbsp;(16&nbsp;/&nbsp;256)</para>
+            <para>Cb&nbsp;=&nbsp;(224&nbsp;/&nbsp;256)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(-0.169R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.331G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.5B')</para>
+            <para>Cr&nbsp;=&nbsp;(224&nbsp;/&nbsp;256)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(0.5R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.419G'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.081B')</para>
 	  </listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
       </variablelist>
       <para>Y' is clamped to the range [0&hellip;1] and Cb and Cr are clamped
-to the range [-0.5&hellip;0.5]. The non-standard xvYCC 601 encoding can also be used by
-selecting <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601</constant>. The xvYCC encodings always use full
-range quantization.</para>
+to the range [-0.5&hellip;0.5]. The non-standard xvYCC 709 or xvYCC 601 encodings can be used by
+selecting <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV709</constant> or <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601</constant>.
+The xvYCC encodings always use full range quantization.</para>
     </section>
 
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-srgb">Colorspace sRGB (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-srgb">
+      <title>Colorspace sRGB (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>)</title>
       <para>The <xref linkend="srgb" /> standard defines the colorspace used by most webcams and computer graphics. The
 default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SYCC</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization
 is full range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para>
@@ -898,8 +892,8 @@
 values before quantization, but this encoding does not do that.</para>
     </section>
 
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-adobergb">Colorspace Adobe RGB (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_ADOBERGB</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-adobergb">
+      <title>Colorspace Adobe RGB (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_ADOBERGB</constant>)</title>
       <para>The <xref linkend="adobergb" /> standard defines the colorspace used by computer graphics
 that use the AdobeRGB colorspace. This is also known as the <xref linkend="oprgb" /> standard.
 The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. The default Y'CbCr
@@ -970,12 +964,12 @@
 SMPTE 170M/BT.601. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range.</para>
     </section>
 
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-bt2020">Colorspace BT.2020 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT2020</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-bt2020">
+      <title>Colorspace BT.2020 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT2020</constant>)</title>
       <para>The <xref linkend="itu2020" /> standard defines the colorspace used by Ultra-high definition
 television (UHDTV). The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020</constant>.
-The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and
-the white reference are:</para>
+The default R'G'B' quantization is limited range (!), and so is the default Y'CbCr quantization.
+The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para>
       <table frame="none">
         <title>BT.2020 Chromaticities</title>
         <tgroup cols="3" align="left">
@@ -1032,7 +1026,7 @@
       	  <term>The luminance (Y') and color difference (Cb and Cr) are obtained with the
 following <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020</constant> encoding:</term>
 	  <listitem>
-            <para>Y'&nbsp;=&nbsp;0.2627R'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.6789G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.0593B'</para>
+            <para>Y'&nbsp;=&nbsp;0.2627R'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.6780G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.0593B'</para>
             <para>Cb&nbsp;=&nbsp;-0.1396R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.3604G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.5B'</para>
             <para>Cr&nbsp;=&nbsp;0.5R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.4598G'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.0402B'</para>
 	  </listitem>
@@ -1046,7 +1040,7 @@
 	<varlistentry>
       	  <term>Luma:</term>
 	  <listitem>
-            <para>Yc'&nbsp;=&nbsp;(0.2627R&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.6789G&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.0593B)'</para>
+            <para>Yc'&nbsp;=&nbsp;(0.2627R&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.6780G&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.0593B)'</para>
 	  </listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
       </variablelist>
@@ -1054,7 +1048,7 @@
 	<varlistentry>
       	  <term>B'&nbsp;-&nbsp;Yc'&nbsp;&le;&nbsp;0:</term>
 	  <listitem>
-            <para>Cbc&nbsp;=&nbsp;(B'&nbsp;-&nbsp;Y')&nbsp;/&nbsp;1.9404</para>
+            <para>Cbc&nbsp;=&nbsp;(B'&nbsp;-&nbsp;Yc')&nbsp;/&nbsp;1.9404</para>
 	  </listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
       </variablelist>
@@ -1062,7 +1056,7 @@
 	<varlistentry>
       	  <term>B'&nbsp;-&nbsp;Yc'&nbsp;&gt;&nbsp;0:</term>
 	  <listitem>
-            <para>Cbc&nbsp;=&nbsp;(B'&nbsp;-&nbsp;Y')&nbsp;/&nbsp;1.5816</para>
+            <para>Cbc&nbsp;=&nbsp;(B'&nbsp;-&nbsp;Yc')&nbsp;/&nbsp;1.5816</para>
 	  </listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
       </variablelist>
@@ -1086,8 +1080,8 @@
 clamped to the range [-0.5&hellip;0.5]. The Yc'CbcCrc quantization is limited range.</para>
     </section>
 
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-smpte-240m">Colorspace SMPTE 240M (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-smpte-240m">
+      <title>Colorspace SMPTE 240M (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M</constant>)</title>
       <para>The <xref linkend="smpte240m" /> standard was an interim standard used during the early days of HDTV (1988-1998).
 It has been superseded by Rec. 709. The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SMPTE240M</constant>.
 The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the
@@ -1159,8 +1153,8 @@
 clamped to the range [-0.5&hellip;0.5]. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range.</para>
     </section>
 
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-sysm">Colorspace NTSC 1953 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-sysm">
+      <title>Colorspace NTSC 1953 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M</constant>)</title>
       <para>This standard defines the colorspace used by NTSC in 1953. In practice this
 colorspace is obsolete and SMPTE 170M should be used instead. The default Y'CbCr encoding
 is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range.
@@ -1237,8 +1231,8 @@
 This transform is identical to one defined in SMPTE 170M/BT.601.</para>
     </section>
 
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-sysbg">Colorspace EBU Tech. 3213 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-sysbg">
+      <title>Colorspace EBU Tech. 3213 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG</constant>)</title>
       <para>The <xref linkend="tech3213" /> standard defines the colorspace used by PAL/SECAM in 1975. In practice this
 colorspace is obsolete and SMPTE 170M should be used instead. The default Y'CbCr encoding
 is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range.
@@ -1311,8 +1305,8 @@
 This transform is identical to one defined in SMPTE 170M/BT.601.</para>
     </section>
 
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-jpeg">Colorspace JPEG (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-jpeg">
+      <title>Colorspace JPEG (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG</constant>)</title>
       <para>This colorspace defines the colorspace used by most (Motion-)JPEG formats. The chromaticities
 of the primary colors and the white reference are identical to sRGB. The Y'CbCr encoding is
 <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant> with full range quantization where
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
index c5ea868..2588ad7 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
@@ -91,7 +91,9 @@
 	<listitem><para>For formats where the total number of bits per pixel is smaller
 	than the number of bus samples per pixel times the bus width, a padding
 	value stating if the bytes are padded in their most high order bits
-	(PADHI) or low order bits (PADLO).</para></listitem>
+	(PADHI) or low order bits (PADLO). A "C" prefix is used for component-wise
+	padding in the most high order bits (CPADHI) or low order bits (CPADLO)
+	of each separate component.</para></listitem>
 	<listitem><para>For formats where the number of bus samples per pixel is larger
 	than 1, an endianness value stating if the pixel is transferred MSB first
 	(BE) or LSB first (LE).</para></listitem>
@@ -192,6 +194,24 @@
 	    </row>
 	  </thead>
 	  <tbody valign="top">
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB444-1X12">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB444_1X12</entry>
+	      <entry>0x1016</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
 	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB444-2X8-PADHI-BE">
 	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB444_2X8_PADHI_BE</entry>
 	      <entry>0x1001</entry>
@@ -304,6 +324,28 @@
 	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
 	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB565-1X16">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB565_1X16</entry>
+	      <entry>0x1017</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-16;
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
 	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-BGR565-2X8-BE">
 	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_BGR565_2X8_BE</entry>
 	      <entry>0x1005</entry>
@@ -440,6 +482,126 @@
 	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RBG888-1X24">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RBG888_1X24</entry>
+	      <entry>0x100e</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB666-1X24_CPADHI">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB666_1X24_CPADHI</entry>
+	      <entry>0x1015</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-BGR888-1X24">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_BGR888_1X24</entry>
+	      <entry>0x1013</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-GBR888-1X24">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_GBR888_1X24</entry>
+	      <entry>0x1014</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
 	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB888-1X24">
 	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X24</entry>
 	      <entry>0x100a</entry>
@@ -579,6 +741,298 @@
 	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB888-1X32-PADHI">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X32_PADHI</entry>
+	      <entry>0x100f</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	  </tbody>
+	</tgroup>
+      </table>
+
+      <para>On LVDS buses, usually each sample is transferred serialized in
+      seven time slots per pixel clock, on three (18-bit) or four (24-bit)
+      differential data pairs at the same time. The remaining bits are used for
+      control signals as defined by SPWG/PSWG/VESA or JEIDA standards.
+      The 24-bit RGB format serialized in seven time slots on four lanes using
+      JEIDA defined bit mapping will be named
+      <constant>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X7X4_JEIDA</constant>, for example.
+      </para>
+
+      <table pgwide="0" frame="none" id="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-rgb-lvds">
+	<title>LVDS RGB formats</title>
+	<tgroup cols="8">
+	  <colspec colname="id" align="left" />
+	  <colspec colname="code" align="center" />
+	  <colspec colname="slot" align="center" />
+	  <colspec colname="lane" />
+	  <colspec colnum="5" colname="l03" align="center" />
+	  <colspec colnum="6" colname="l02" align="center" />
+	  <colspec colnum="7" colname="l01" align="center" />
+	  <colspec colnum="8" colname="l00" align="center" />
+	  <spanspec namest="l03" nameend="l00" spanname="l0" />
+	  <thead>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry>Identifier</entry>
+	      <entry>Code</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry spanname="l0">Data organization</entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>Timeslot</entry>
+	      <entry>Lane</entry>
+	      <entry>3</entry>
+	      <entry>2</entry>
+	      <entry>1</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	    </row>
+	  </thead>
+	  <tbody valign="top">
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB666-1X7X3-SPWG">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB666_1X7X3_SPWG</entry>
+	      <entry>0x1010</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>1</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>2</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>3</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>4</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>5</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>6</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB888-1X7X4-SPWG">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X7X4_SPWG</entry>
+	      <entry>0x1011</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>1</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>2</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>3</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>4</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>5</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>6</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB888-1X7X4-JEIDA">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X7X4_JEIDA</entry>
+	      <entry>0x1012</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>1</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>2</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>3</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>4</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>5</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>6</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
 	  </tbody>
 	</tgroup>
       </table>
@@ -2188,6 +2642,294 @@
 	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-UYVY12-2X12">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY12_2X12</entry>
+	      <entry>0x201c</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-VYUY12-2X12">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY12_2X12</entry>
+	      <entry>0x201d</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUYV12-2X12">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV12_2X12</entry>
+	      <entry>0x201e</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YVYU12-2X12">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU12_2X12</entry>
+	      <entry>0x201f</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
 	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-UYVY8-1X16">
 	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY8_1X16</entry>
 	      <entry>0x200f</entry>
@@ -2660,55 +3402,48 @@
 	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    </row>
-	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUV10-1X30">
-	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUV10_1X30</entry>
-	      <entry>0x2016</entry>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-VUY8-1X24">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VUY8_1X24</entry>
+	      <entry>0x201a</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUV8-1X24">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUV8_1X24</entry>
+	      <entry>0x2025</entry>
 	      <entry></entry>
 	      <entry>-</entry>
 	      <entry>-</entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-AYUV8-1X32">
-	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_AYUV8_1X32</entry>
-	      <entry>0x2017</entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
 	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
@@ -2734,294 +3469,6 @@
 	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    </row>
-	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-UYVY12-2X12">
-	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY12_2X12</entry>
-	      <entry>0x201c</entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-VYUY12-2X12">
-	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY12_2X12</entry>
-	      <entry>0x201d</entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUYV12-2X12">
-	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV12_2X12</entry>
-	      <entry>0x201e</entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YVYU12-2X12">
-	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU12_2X12</entry>
-	      <entry>0x201f</entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
 	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-UYVY12-1X24">
 	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY12_1X24</entry>
 	      <entry>0x2020</entry>
@@ -3262,6 +3709,80 @@
 	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUV10-1X30">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUV10_1X30</entry>
+	      <entry>0x2016</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-AYUV8-1X32">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_AYUV8_1X32</entry>
+	      <entry>0x2017</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
 	  </tbody>
 	</tgroup>
       </table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
index ac0f8d9..e98caa1 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
@@ -136,6 +136,7 @@
       <year>2012</year>
       <year>2013</year>
       <year>2014</year>
+      <year>2015</year>
       <holder>Bill Dirks, Michael H. Schimek, Hans Verkuil, Martin
 Rubli, Andy Walls, Muralidharan Karicheri, Mauro Carvalho Chehab,
 	Pawel Osciak</holder>
@@ -152,6 +153,14 @@
 applications. -->
 
       <revision>
+	<revnumber>3.21</revnumber>
+	<date>2015-02-13</date>
+	<authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials>
+	<revremark>Fix documentation for media controller device nodes and add support for DVB device nodes.
+Add support for Tuner sub-device.
+	</revremark>
+      </revision>
+      <revision>
 	<revnumber>3.19</revnumber>
 	<date>2014-12-05</date>
 	<authorinitials>hv</authorinitials>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml
index 1f5ed64..50cb940 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml
@@ -59,6 +59,11 @@
 switch can occur implicit when switching the video input or
 output.</para>
 
+<para>Do not use the multiplanar buffer types.  Use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>
+instead of <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>
+and use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> instead of
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>.</para>
+
     <para>This ioctl must be implemented for video capture or output devices that
 support cropping and/or scaling and/or have non-square pixels, and for overlay devices.</para>
 
@@ -73,9 +78,7 @@
 	    <entry>Type of the data stream, set by the application.
 Only these types are valid here:
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> and
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml
index b036f89..50ccd33 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
             <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>Type of the event.</entry>
+	    <entry>Type of the event, see <xref linkend="event-type" />.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>union</entry>
@@ -154,6 +154,113 @@
       </tgroup>
     </table>
 
+    <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="event-type">
+      <title>Event Types</title>
+      <tgroup cols="3">
+	&cs-def;
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_ALL</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0</entry>
+	    <entry>All events. V4L2_EVENT_ALL is valid only for
+	    VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT for unsubscribing all events at once.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_VSYNC</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>1</entry>
+	    <entry>This event is triggered on the vertical sync.
+	    This event has a &v4l2-event-vsync; associated with it.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_EOS</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>2</entry>
+	    <entry>This event is triggered when the end of a stream is reached.
+	    This is typically used with MPEG decoders to report to the application
+	    when the last of the MPEG stream has been decoded.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>3</entry>
+	    <entry><para>This event requires that the <structfield>id</structfield>
+		matches the control ID from which you want to receive events.
+		This event is triggered if the control's value changes, if a
+		button control is pressed or if the control's flags change.
+	    	This event has a &v4l2-event-ctrl; associated with it. This struct
+		contains much of the same information as &v4l2-queryctrl; and
+		&v4l2-control;.</para>
+
+		<para>If the event is generated due to a call to &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; or
+		&VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS;, then the event will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be sent to
+		the file handle that called the ioctl function. This prevents
+		nasty feedback loops. If you <emphasis>do</emphasis> want to get the
+		event, then set the <constant>V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_ALLOW_FEEDBACK</constant>
+		flag.
+		</para>
+
+		<para>This event type will ensure that no information is lost when
+		more events are raised than there is room internally. In that
+		case the &v4l2-event-ctrl; of the second-oldest event is kept,
+		but the <structfield>changes</structfield> field of the
+		second-oldest event is ORed with the <structfield>changes</structfield>
+		field of the oldest event.</para>
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_FRAME_SYNC</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>4</entry>
+	    <entry>
+	      <para>Triggered immediately when the reception of a
+	      frame has begun. This event has a
+	      &v4l2-event-frame-sync; associated with it.</para>
+
+	      <para>If the hardware needs to be stopped in the case of a
+	      buffer underrun it might not be able to generate this event.
+	      In such cases the <structfield>frame_sequence</structfield>
+	      field in &v4l2-event-frame-sync; will not be incremented. This
+	      causes two consecutive frame sequence numbers to have n times
+	      frame interval in between them.</para>
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>5</entry>
+	    <entry>
+	      <para>This event is triggered when a source parameter change is
+	       detected during runtime by the video device. It can be a
+	       runtime resolution change triggered by a video decoder or the
+	       format change happening on an input connector.
+	       This event requires that the <structfield>id</structfield>
+	       matches the input index (when used with a video device node)
+	       or the pad index (when used with a subdevice node) from which
+	       you want to receive events.</para>
+
+              <para>This event has a &v4l2-event-src-change; associated
+	      with it. The <structfield>changes</structfield> bitfield denotes
+	      what has changed for the subscribed pad. If multiple events
+	      occurred before application could dequeue them, then the changes
+	      will have the ORed value of all the events generated.</para>
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_MOTION_DET</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>6</entry>
+	    <entry>
+	      <para>Triggered whenever the motion detection state for one or more of the regions
+	      changes. This event has a &v4l2-event-motion-det; associated with it.</para>
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0x08000000</entry>
+	    <entry>Base event number for driver-private events.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+    </table>
+
     <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-event-vsync">
       <title>struct <structname>v4l2_event_vsync</structname></title>
       <tgroup cols="3">
@@ -177,7 +284,7 @@
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>changes</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>A bitmask that tells what has changed. See <xref linkend="changes-flags" />.</entry>
+	    <entry>A bitmask that tells what has changed. See <xref linkend="ctrl-changes-flags" />.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
@@ -309,8 +416,8 @@
       </tgroup>
     </table>
 
-    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="changes-flags">
-      <title>Changes</title>
+    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="ctrl-changes-flags">
+      <title>Control Changes</title>
       <tgroup cols="3">
 	&cs-def;
 	<tbody valign="top">
@@ -318,9 +425,9 @@
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>0x0001</entry>
 	    <entry>This control event was triggered because the value of the control
-		changed. Special case: if a button control is pressed, then this
-		event is sent as well, even though there is not explicit value
-		associated with a button control.</entry>
+		changed. Special cases: Volatile controls do no generate this event;
+		If a control has the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_EXECUTE_ON_WRITE</constant>
+		flag set, then this event is sent as well, regardless its value.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_FLAGS</constant></entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml
index 75c6a93..e6c4efb 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml
@@ -70,6 +70,11 @@
 <constant>VIDIOC_S_CROP</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
 structure.</para>
 
+<para>Do not use the multiplanar buffer types.  Use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>
+instead of <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>
+and use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> instead of
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>.</para>
+
     <para>The driver first adjusts the requested dimensions against
 hardware limits, &ie; the bounds given by the capture/output window,
 and it rounds to the closest possible values of horizontal and
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
index c433657..764b635 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
@@ -318,10 +318,20 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>V4L2_DV_FL_HALF_LINE</entry>
-	    <entry>Specific to interlaced formats: if set, then field 1 (aka the odd field)
-is really one half-line longer and field 2 (aka the even field) is really one half-line
-shorter, so each field has exactly the same number of half-lines. Whether half-lines can be
-detected or used depends on the hardware.
+	    <entry>Specific to interlaced formats: if set, then the vertical frontporch
+of field 1 (aka the odd field) is really one half-line longer and the vertical backporch
+of field 2 (aka the even field) is really one half-line shorter, so each field has exactly
+the same number of half-lines. Whether half-lines can be detected or used depends on
+the hardware.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO</entry>
+	    <entry>If set, then this is a Consumer Electronics (CE) video format.
+Such formats differ from other formats (commonly called IT formats) in that if
+R'G'B' encoding is used then by default the R'G'B' values use limited range
+(i.e. 16-235) as opposed to full range (i.e. 0-255). All formats defined in CEA-861
+except for the 640x480p59.94 format are CE formats.
 	    </entry>
 	  </row>
 	</tbody>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml
index 2046073..77607cc 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml
@@ -240,9 +240,9 @@
 page boundary. Capture devices may write padding bytes, the value is
 undefined. Output devices ignore the contents of padding
 bytes.</para><para>When the image format is planar the
-<structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value applies to the largest
+<structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value applies to the first
 plane and is divided by the same factor as the
-<structfield>width</structfield> field for any smaller planes. For
+<structfield>width</structfield> field for the other planes. For
 example the Cb and Cr planes of a YUV 4:2:0 image have half as many
 padding bytes following each line as the Y plane. To avoid ambiguities
 drivers must return a <structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml
index 9c04ac8..0bb5c06 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@
 
 <para>To query the cropping (composing) rectangle set &v4l2-selection;
 <structfield> type </structfield> field to the respective buffer type.
-Do not use multiplanar buffers.  Use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>
-instead of <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>.  Use
+Do not use the multiplanar buffer types.  Use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>
+instead of <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant> and use
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> instead of
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>.  The next step is
 setting the value of &v4l2-selection; <structfield>target</structfield> field
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml
index bd015d1..d05623c 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_CAPTION_525</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>0x1000</entry>
-	    <entry><xref linkend="eia608" /></entry>
+	    <entry><xref linkend="cea608" /></entry>
 	    <entry>NTSC line 21, 284 (second field 21)</entry>
 	    <entry>Two bytes in transmission order, including parity
 bit, lsb first transmitted.</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
index d0c5e60..20fda75 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
@@ -102,10 +102,10 @@
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>version</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry><para>Version number of the driver.</para>
-<para>Starting on kernel 3.1, the version reported is provided per
-V4L2 subsystem, following the same Kernel numberation scheme. However, it
-should not always return the same version as the kernel, if, for example,
-an stable or distribution-modified kernel uses the V4L2 stack from a
+<para>Starting with kernel 3.1, the version reported is provided by the
+V4L2 subsystem following the kernel numbering scheme. However, it
+may not always return the same version as the kernel if, for example,
+a stable or distribution-modified kernel uses the V4L2 stack from a
 newer kernel.</para>
 <para>The version number is formatted using the
 <constant>KERNEL_VERSION()</constant> macro:</para></entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml
index 2bd98fd..dc83ad7 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml
@@ -600,7 +600,9 @@
 changes continuously. A typical example would be the current gain value if the device
 is in auto-gain mode. In such a case the hardware calculates the gain value based on
 the lighting conditions which can change over time. Note that setting a new value for
-a volatile control will have no effect. The new value will just be ignored.</entry>
+a volatile control will have no effect and no <constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE</constant>
+will be sent, unless the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_EXECUTE_ON_WRITE</constant> flag
+(see below) is also set. Otherwise the new value will just be ignored.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD</constant></entry>
@@ -610,6 +612,14 @@
 that are an array, string, or have a compound type. In all cases you have to set a
 pointer to memory containing the payload of the control.</entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_EXECUTE_ON_WRITE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0x0200</entry>
+	    <entry>The value provided to the control will be propagated to the driver
+even if remains constant. This is required when the control represents an action
+on the hardware. For example: clearing an error flag or triggering the flash. All the
+controls of the type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON</constant> have this flag set.</entry>
+	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml
index 2f8f4f0..cff59f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml
@@ -67,9 +67,9 @@
 
     <para>To enumerate frame intervals applications initialize the
     <structfield>index</structfield>, <structfield>pad</structfield>,
-    <structfield>code</structfield>, <structfield>width</structfield> and
-    <structfield>height</structfield> fields of
-    &v4l2-subdev-frame-interval-enum; and call the
+    <structfield>which</structfield>, <structfield>code</structfield>,
+    <structfield>width</structfield> and <structfield>height</structfield>
+    fields of &v4l2-subdev-frame-interval-enum; and call the
     <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL</constant> ioctl with a pointer
     to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return
     an &EINVAL; if one of the input fields is invalid. All frame intervals are
@@ -123,7 +123,12 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[9]</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>which</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Frame intervals to be enumerated, from &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[8]</entry>
 	    <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
 	    set the array to zero.</entry>
 	  </row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml
index 79ce42b..abd545e 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml
@@ -61,9 +61,9 @@
     ioctl.</para>
 
     <para>To enumerate frame sizes applications initialize the
-    <structfield>pad</structfield>, <structfield>code</structfield> and
-    <structfield>index</structfield> fields of the
-    &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; and call the
+    <structfield>pad</structfield>, <structfield>which</structfield> ,
+    <structfield>code</structfield> and <structfield>index</structfield>
+    fields of the &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; and call the
     <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE</constant> ioctl with a pointer to
     the structure. Drivers fill the minimum and maximum frame sizes or return
     an &EINVAL; if one of the input parameters is invalid.</para>
@@ -127,7 +127,12 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[9]</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>which</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Frame sizes to be enumerated, from &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[8]</entry>
 	    <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
 	    set the array to zero.</entry>
 	  </row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml
index a6b3432..0bcb278 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
     </note>
 
     <para>To enumerate media bus formats available at a given sub-device pad
-    applications initialize the <structfield>pad</structfield> and
-    <structfield>index</structfield> fields of &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; and
+    applications initialize the <structfield>pad</structfield>, <structfield>which</structfield>
+    and <structfield>index</structfield> fields of &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; and
     call the <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE</constant> ioctl with a
     pointer to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return
     an &EINVAL; if either the <structfield>pad</structfield> or
@@ -93,7 +93,12 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[9]</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>which</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Media bus format codes to be enumerated, from &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[8]</entry>
 	    <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
 	    set the array to zero.</entry>
 	  </row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml
index d7c9365..d0332f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml
@@ -60,7 +60,9 @@
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>Type of the event.</entry>
+	    <entry>Type of the event, see <xref linkend="event-type" />. Note that
+<constant>V4L2_EVENT_ALL</constant> can be used with VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT
+for unsubscribing all events at once.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
@@ -84,113 +86,6 @@
       </tgroup>
     </table>
 
-    <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="event-type">
-      <title>Event Types</title>
-      <tgroup cols="3">
-	&cs-def;
-	<tbody valign="top">
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_ALL</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0</entry>
-	    <entry>All events. V4L2_EVENT_ALL is valid only for
-	    VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT for unsubscribing all events at once.
-	    </entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_VSYNC</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>1</entry>
-	    <entry>This event is triggered on the vertical sync.
-	    This event has a &v4l2-event-vsync; associated with it.
-	    </entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_EOS</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>2</entry>
-	    <entry>This event is triggered when the end of a stream is reached.
-	    This is typically used with MPEG decoders to report to the application
-	    when the last of the MPEG stream has been decoded.
-	    </entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>3</entry>
-	    <entry><para>This event requires that the <structfield>id</structfield>
-		matches the control ID from which you want to receive events.
-		This event is triggered if the control's value changes, if a
-		button control is pressed or if the control's flags change.
-	    	This event has a &v4l2-event-ctrl; associated with it. This struct
-		contains much of the same information as &v4l2-queryctrl; and
-		&v4l2-control;.</para>
-
-		<para>If the event is generated due to a call to &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; or
-		&VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS;, then the event will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be sent to
-		the file handle that called the ioctl function. This prevents
-		nasty feedback loops. If you <emphasis>do</emphasis> want to get the
-		event, then set the <constant>V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_ALLOW_FEEDBACK</constant>
-		flag.
-		</para>
-
-		<para>This event type will ensure that no information is lost when
-		more events are raised than there is room internally. In that
-		case the &v4l2-event-ctrl; of the second-oldest event is kept,
-		but the <structfield>changes</structfield> field of the
-		second-oldest event is ORed with the <structfield>changes</structfield>
-		field of the oldest event.</para>
-	    </entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_FRAME_SYNC</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>4</entry>
-	    <entry>
-	      <para>Triggered immediately when the reception of a
-	      frame has begun. This event has a
-	      &v4l2-event-frame-sync; associated with it.</para>
-
-	      <para>If the hardware needs to be stopped in the case of a
-	      buffer underrun it might not be able to generate this event.
-	      In such cases the <structfield>frame_sequence</structfield>
-	      field in &v4l2-event-frame-sync; will not be incremented. This
-	      causes two consecutive frame sequence numbers to have n times
-	      frame interval in between them.</para>
-	    </entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>5</entry>
-	    <entry>
-	      <para>This event is triggered when a source parameter change is
-	       detected during runtime by the video device. It can be a
-	       runtime resolution change triggered by a video decoder or the
-	       format change happening on an input connector.
-	       This event requires that the <structfield>id</structfield>
-	       matches the input index (when used with a video device node)
-	       or the pad index (when used with a subdevice node) from which
-	       you want to receive events.</para>
-
-              <para>This event has a &v4l2-event-src-change; associated
-	      with it. The <structfield>changes</structfield> bitfield denotes
-	      what has changed for the subscribed pad. If multiple events
-	      occurred before application could dequeue them, then the changes
-	      will have the ORed value of all the events generated.</para>
-	    </entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_MOTION_DET</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>6</entry>
-	    <entry>
-	      <para>Triggered whenever the motion detection state for one or more of the regions
-	      changes. This event has a &v4l2-event-motion-det; associated with it.</para>
-	    </entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x08000000</entry>
-	    <entry>Base event number for driver-private events.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	</tbody>
-      </tgroup>
-    </table>
-
     <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="event-flags">
       <title>Event Flags</title>
       <tgroup cols="3">
diff --git a/Documentation/IPMI.txt b/Documentation/IPMI.txt
index 653d5d7..31d1d65 100644
--- a/Documentation/IPMI.txt
+++ b/Documentation/IPMI.txt
@@ -505,7 +505,10 @@
 
 The addresses are normal I2C addresses.  The adapter is the string
 name of the adapter, as shown in /sys/class/i2c-adapter/i2c-<n>/name.
-It is *NOT* i2c-<n> itself.
+It is *NOT* i2c-<n> itself.  Also, the comparison is done ignoring
+spaces, so if the name is "This is an I2C chip" you can say
+adapter_name=ThisisanI2cchip.  This is because it's hard to pass in
+spaces in kernel parameters.
 
 The debug flags are bit flags for each BMC found, they are:
 IPMI messages: 1, driver state: 2, timing: 4, I2C probe: 8
diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt
index 39cfa72..3a8e15c 100644
--- a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt
+++ b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt
@@ -95,8 +95,7 @@
 hwirq number.  The disadvantage is that hwirq to IRQ number lookup is
 dependent on how many entries are in the table.
 
-Very few drivers should need this mapping.  At the moment, powerpc
-iseries is the only user.
+Very few drivers should need this mapping.
 
 ==== No Map ===-
 irq_domain_add_nomap()
diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile
index 6883a1b..bc05482 100644
--- a/Documentation/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/Makefile
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-subdir-y := accounting arm auxdisplay blackfin connector \
+subdir-y := accounting auxdisplay blackfin connector \
 	filesystems filesystems ia64 laptops mic misc-devices \
 	networking pcmcia prctl ptp spi timers vDSO video4linux \
 	watchdog
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
index 0d920d5..1179850 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
 	rc = pci_enable_msix_range(adapter->pdev, adapter->msix_entries,
 				   maxvec, maxvec);
 	/*
-	 * -ENOSPC is the only error code allowed to be analized
+	 * -ENOSPC is the only error code allowed to be analyzed
 	 */
 	if (rc == -ENOSPC) {
 		if (maxvec == 1)
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@
 	return rc;
 }
 
-Note how pci_enable_msix_range() return value is analized for a fallback -
+Note how pci_enable_msix_range() return value is analyzed for a fallback -
 any error code other than -ENOSPC indicates a fatal error and should not
 be retried.
 
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@
 If your device supports both MSI-X and MSI capabilities, you should use
 the MSI-X facilities in preference to the MSI facilities.  As mentioned
 above, MSI-X supports any number of interrupts between 1 and 2048.
-In constrast, MSI is restricted to a maximum of 32 interrupts (and
+In contrast, MSI is restricted to a maximum of 32 interrupts (and
 must be a power of two).  In addition, the MSI interrupt vectors must
 be allocated consecutively, so the system might not be able to allocate
 as many vectors for MSI as it could for MSI-X.  On some platforms, MSI
@@ -501,18 +501,9 @@
 not be re-entered).  If a device uses multiple interrupts, the driver
 must disable interrupts while the lock is held.  If the device sends
 a different interrupt, the driver will deadlock trying to recursively
-acquire the spinlock.
-
-There are two solutions.  The first is to take the lock with
-spin_lock_irqsave() or spin_lock_irq() (see
-Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking).  The second is to specify
-IRQF_DISABLED to request_irq() so that the kernel runs the entire
-interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
-
-If your MSI interrupt routine does not hold the lock for the whole time
-it is running, the first solution may be best.  The second solution is
-normally preferred as it avoids making two transitions from interrupt
-disabled to enabled and back again.
+acquire the spinlock.  Such deadlocks can be avoided by using
+spin_lock_irqsave() or spin_lock_irq() which disable local interrupts
+and acquire the lock (see Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking).
 
 4.6 How to tell whether MSI/MSI-X is enabled on a device
 
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt
index 898ded2..ac26869 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
 ------------------
 
 In response to a return value of PCI_ERS_RESULT_NEED_RESET, the
-the platform will peform a slot reset on the requesting PCI device(s). 
+the platform will perform a slot reset on the requesting PCI device(s). 
 The actual steps taken by a platform to perform a slot reset
 will be platform-dependent. Upon completion of slot reset, the
 platform will call the device slot_reset() callback.
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt
index 9518006..123881f 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt
@@ -564,14 +564,14 @@
 8. Vendor and device identifications
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
-One is not required to add new device ids to include/linux/pci_ids.h.
-Please add PCI_VENDOR_ID_xxx for vendors and a hex constant for device ids.
+Do not add new device or vendor IDs to include/linux/pci_ids.h unless they
+are shared across multiple drivers.  You can add private definitions in
+your driver if they're helpful, or just use plain hex constants.
 
-PCI_VENDOR_ID_xxx constants are re-used. The device ids are arbitrary
-hex numbers (vendor controlled) and normally used only in a single
-location, the pci_device_id table.
+The device IDs are arbitrary hex numbers (vendor controlled) and normally used
+only in a single location, the pci_device_id table.
 
-Please DO submit new vendor/device ids to pciids.sourceforge.net project.
+Please DO submit new vendor/device IDs to http://pciids.sourceforge.net/.
 
 
 
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.txt
index 26d3d94..b4987c0 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.txt
@@ -66,8 +66,8 @@
 source ID. nosourceid=n by default.
 
 2.3 AER error output
-When a PCI-E AER error is captured, an error message will be outputed to
-console. If it's a correctable error, it is outputed as a warning.
+When a PCI-E AER error is captured, an error message will be outputted to
+console. If it's a correctable error, it is outputted as a warning.
 Otherwise, it is printed as an error. So users could choose different
 log level to filter out correctable error messages.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
index 447671b..b03a832 100644
--- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
+++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
@@ -614,8 +614,8 @@
 
   - An empty line.
 
-  - The body of the explanation, which will be copied to the
-    permanent changelog to describe this patch.
+  - The body of the explanation, line wrapped at 75 columns, which will
+    be copied to the permanent changelog to describe this patch.
 
   - The "Signed-off-by:" lines, described above, which will
     also go in the changelog.
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
index 9b121a5..750401f 100644
--- a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
@@ -254,8 +254,13 @@
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~
 ACPI 5 introduced two new resources to describe GPIO connections: GpioIo
 and GpioInt. These resources are used be used to pass GPIO numbers used by
-the device to the driver. For example:
+the device to the driver. ACPI 5.1 extended this with _DSD (Device
+Specific Data) which made it possible to name the GPIOs among other things.
 
+For example:
+
+Device (DEV)
+{
 	Method (_CRS, 0, NotSerialized)
 	{
 		Name (SBUF, ResourceTemplate()
@@ -285,6 +290,18 @@
 		Return (SBUF)
 	}
 
+	// ACPI 5.1 _DSD used for naming the GPIOs
+	Name (_DSD, Package ()
+	{
+		ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
+		Package ()
+		{
+			Package () {"power-gpios", Package() {^DEV, 0, 0, 0 }},
+			Package () {"irq-gpios", Package() {^DEV, 1, 0, 0 }},
+		}
+	})
+	...
+
 These GPIO numbers are controller relative and path "\\_SB.PCI0.GPI0"
 specifies the path to the controller. In order to use these GPIOs in Linux
 we need to translate them to the corresponding Linux GPIO descriptors.
@@ -300,11 +317,11 @@
 
 	struct gpio_desc *irq_desc, *power_desc;
 
-	irq_desc = gpiod_get_index(dev, NULL, 1);
+	irq_desc = gpiod_get(dev, "irq");
 	if (IS_ERR(irq_desc))
 		/* handle error */
 
-	power_desc = gpiod_get_index(dev, NULL, 0);
+	power_desc = gpiod_get(dev, "power");
 	if (IS_ERR(power_desc))
 		/* handle error */
 
@@ -313,6 +330,9 @@
 There are also devm_* versions of these functions which release the
 descriptors once the device is released.
 
+See Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt for more information about the
+_DSD binding related to GPIOs.
+
 MFD devices
 ~~~~~~~~~~~
 The MFD devices register their children as platform devices. For the child
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX b/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX
index 8edb900..dea011c 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX
@@ -10,8 +10,6 @@
 	- Intel IXP4xx Network processor.
 Makefile
 	- Build sourcefiles as part of the Documentation-build for arm
-msm/
-	- MSM specific documentation
 Netwinder
 	- Netwinder specific documentation
 Porting
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Booting b/Documentation/arm/Booting
index 371814a..83c1df2 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Booting
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Booting
@@ -58,13 +58,18 @@
 --------------------------
 
 Existing boot loaders:		OPTIONAL
-New boot loaders:		MANDATORY
+New boot loaders:		MANDATORY except for DT-only platforms
 
 The boot loader should detect the machine type its running on by some
 method.  Whether this is a hard coded value or some algorithm that
 looks at the connected hardware is beyond the scope of this document.
 The boot loader must ultimately be able to provide a MACH_TYPE_xxx
-value to the kernel. (see linux/arch/arm/tools/mach-types).
+value to the kernel. (see linux/arch/arm/tools/mach-types).  This
+should be passed to the kernel in register r1.
+
+For DT-only platforms, the machine type will be determined by device
+tree.  set the machine type to all ones (~0).  This is not strictly
+necessary, but assures that it will not match any existing types.
 
 4. Setup boot data
 ------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Makefile b/Documentation/arm/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 732c770..0000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-subdir-y := SH-Mobile
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
index 1745379..18a775d 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
@@ -96,6 +96,11 @@
 	88F6820
 	88F6828
 
+  Armada 390/398 Flavors:
+	88F6920
+	88F6928
+    Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-39x/
+
   Armada XP Flavors:
         MV78230
         MV78260
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/README b/Documentation/arm/README
index aea3409..9d1e5b2 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/README
+++ b/Documentation/arm/README
@@ -185,13 +185,20 @@
   board devices are used, or the device is setup, and provides that
   machine specific "personality."
 
-  This fine-grained machine specific selection is controlled by the machine
-  type ID, which acts both as a run-time and a compile-time code selection
-  method.
+  For platforms that support device tree (DT), the machine selection is
+  controlled at runtime by passing the device tree blob to the kernel.  At
+  compile-time, support for the machine type must be selected.  This allows for
+  a single multiplatform kernel build to be used for several machine types.
 
-  You can register a new machine via the web site at:
+  For platforms that do not use device tree, this machine selection is
+  controlled by the machine type ID, which acts both as a run-time and a
+  compile-time code selection method.  You can register a new machine via the
+  web site at:
 
     <http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/>
 
+  Note: Please do not register a machine type for DT-only platforms.  If your
+  platform is DT-only, you do not need a registered machine type.
+
 ---
 Russell King (15/03/2004)
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/Makefile b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index bca8a7e..0000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-# List of programs to build
-hostprogs-y := vrl4
-
-# Tell kbuild to always build the programs
-always := $(hostprogs-y)
-
-HOSTCFLAGS_vrl4.o += -I$(objtree)/usr/include -I$(srctree)/tools/include
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/vrl4.c b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/vrl4.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f4cd8ad..0000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/vrl4.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * vrl4 format generator
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2010 Simon Horman
- *
- * This file is subject to the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public
- * License.  See the file "COPYING" in the main directory of this archive
- * for more details.
- */
-
-/*
- * usage: vrl4 < zImage > out
- *	  dd if=out of=/dev/sdx bs=512 seek=1 # Write the image to sector 1
- *
- * Reads a zImage from stdin and writes a vrl4 image to stdout.
- * In practice this means writing a padded vrl4 header to stdout followed
- * by the zImage.
- *
- * The padding places the zImage at ALIGN bytes into the output.
- * The vrl4 uses ALIGN + START_BASE as the start_address.
- * This is where the mask ROM will jump to after verifying the header.
- *
- * The header sets copy_size to min(sizeof(zImage), MAX_BOOT_PROG_LEN) + ALIGN.
- * That is, the mask ROM will load the padded header (ALIGN bytes)
- * And then MAX_BOOT_PROG_LEN bytes of the image, or the entire image,
- * whichever is smaller.
- *
- * The zImage is not modified in any way.
- */
-
-#define _BSD_SOURCE
-#include <endian.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <tools/endian.h>
-
-struct hdr {
-	uint32_t magic1;
-	uint32_t reserved1;
-	uint32_t magic2;
-	uint32_t reserved2;
-	uint16_t copy_size;
-	uint16_t boot_options;
-	uint32_t reserved3;
-	uint32_t start_address;
-	uint32_t reserved4;
-	uint32_t reserved5;
-	char     reserved6[308];
-};
-
-#define DECLARE_HDR(h)					\
-	struct hdr (h) = {				\
-		.magic1 =	htole32(0xea000000),	\
-		.reserved1 =	htole32(0x56),		\
-		.magic2 =	htole32(0xe59ff008),	\
-		.reserved3 =	htole16(0x1) }
-
-/* Align to 512 bytes, the MMCIF sector size */
-#define ALIGN_BITS	9
-#define ALIGN		(1 << ALIGN_BITS)
-
-#define START_BASE	0xe55b0000
-
-/*
- * With an alignment of 512 the header uses the first sector.
- * There is a 128 sector (64kbyte) limit on the data loaded by the mask ROM.
- * So there are 127 sectors left for the boot programme. But in practice
- * Only a small portion of a zImage is needed, 16 sectors should be more
- * than enough.
- *
- * Note that this sets how much of the zImage is copied by the mask ROM.
- * The entire zImage is present after the header and is loaded
- * by the code in the boot program (which is the first portion of the zImage).
- */
-#define	MAX_BOOT_PROG_LEN (16 * 512)
-
-#define ROUND_UP(x)	((x + ALIGN - 1) & ~(ALIGN - 1))
-
-static ssize_t do_read(int fd, void *buf, size_t count)
-{
-	size_t offset = 0;
-	ssize_t l;
-
-	while (offset < count) {
-		l = read(fd, buf + offset, count - offset);
-		if (!l)
-			break;
-		if (l < 0) {
-			if (errno == EAGAIN || errno == EWOULDBLOCK)
-				continue;
-			perror("read");
-			return -1;
-		}
-		offset += l;
-	}
-
-	return offset;
-}
-
-static ssize_t do_write(int fd, const void *buf, size_t count)
-{
-	size_t offset = 0;
-	ssize_t l;
-
-	while (offset < count) {
-		l = write(fd, buf + offset, count - offset);
-		if (l < 0) {
-			if (errno == EAGAIN || errno == EWOULDBLOCK)
-				continue;
-			perror("write");
-			return -1;
-		}
-		offset += l;
-	}
-
-	return offset;
-}
-
-static ssize_t write_zero(int fd, size_t len)
-{
-	size_t i = len;
-
-	while (i--) {
-		const char x = 0;
-		if (do_write(fd, &x, 1) < 0)
-			return -1;
-	}
-
-	return len;
-}
-
-int main(void)
-{
-	DECLARE_HDR(hdr);
-	char boot_program[MAX_BOOT_PROG_LEN];
-	size_t aligned_hdr_len, alligned_prog_len;
-	ssize_t prog_len;
-
-	prog_len = do_read(0, boot_program, sizeof(boot_program));
-	if (prog_len <= 0)
-		return -1;
-
-	aligned_hdr_len = ROUND_UP(sizeof(hdr));
-	hdr.start_address = htole32(START_BASE + aligned_hdr_len);
-	alligned_prog_len = ROUND_UP(prog_len);
-	hdr.copy_size = htole16(aligned_hdr_len + alligned_prog_len);
-
-	if (do_write(1, &hdr, sizeof(hdr)) < 0)
-		return -1;
-	if (write_zero(1, aligned_hdr_len - sizeof(hdr)) < 0)
-		return -1;
-
-	if (do_write(1, boot_program, prog_len) < 0)
-		return 1;
-
-	/* Write out the rest of the kernel */
-	while (1) {
-		prog_len = do_read(0, boot_program, sizeof(boot_program));
-		if (prog_len < 0)
-			return 1;
-		if (prog_len == 0)
-			break;
-		if (do_write(1, boot_program, prog_len) < 0)
-			return 1;
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-mmcif.txt b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-mmcif.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index efff8ae..0000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-mmcif.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-ROM-able zImage boot from MMC
------------------------------
-
-An ROM-able zImage compiled with ZBOOT_ROM_MMCIF may be written to MMC and
-SuperH Mobile ARM will to boot directly from the MMCIF hardware block.
-
-This is achieved by the mask ROM loading the first portion of the image into
-MERAM and then jumping to it. This portion contains loader code which
-copies the entire image to SDRAM and jumps to it. From there the zImage
-boot code proceeds as normal, uncompressing the image into its final
-location and then jumping to it.
-
-This code has been tested on an AP4EB board using the developer 1A eMMC
-boot mode which is configured using the following jumper settings.
-The board used for testing required a patched mask ROM in order for
-this mode to function.
-
-   8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
-   x|x|x|x|x| |x|
-S4 -+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
-    | | | | |x| |x on
-
-The zImage must be written to the MMC card at sector 1 (512 bytes) in
-vrl4 format. A utility vrl4 is supplied to accomplish this.
-
-e.g.
-	vrl4 < zImage | dd of=/dev/sdX bs=512 seek=1
-
-A dual-voltage MMC 4.0 card was used for testing.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-sdhi.txt b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-sdhi.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 4419598..0000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-sdhi.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-ROM-able zImage boot from eSD
------------------------------
-
-An ROM-able zImage compiled with ZBOOT_ROM_SDHI may be written to eSD and
-SuperH Mobile ARM will to boot directly from the SDHI hardware block.
-
-This is achieved by the mask ROM loading the first portion of the image into
-MERAM and then jumping to it. This portion contains loader code which
-copies the entire image to SDRAM and jumps to it. From there the zImage
-boot code proceeds as normal, uncompressing the image into its final
-location and then jumping to it.
-
-This code has been tested on an mackerel board using the developer 1A eSD
-boot mode which is configured using the following jumper settings.
-
-   8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
-   x|x|x|x| |x|x|
-S4 -+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
-    | | | |x| | |x on
-
-The eSD card needs to be present in SDHI slot 1 (CN7).
-As such S1 and S33 also need to be configured as per
-the notes in arch/arm/mach-shmobile/board-mackerel.c.
-
-A partial zImage must be written to physical partition #1 (boot)
-of the eSD at sector 0 in vrl4 format. A utility vrl4 is supplied to
-accomplish this.
-
-e.g.
-	vrl4 < zImage | dd of=/dev/sdX bs=512 count=17
-
-A full copy of _the same_ zImage should be written to physical partition #1
-(boot) of the eSD at sector 0. This should _not_ be in vrl4 format.
-
-	vrl4 < zImage | dd of=/dev/sdX bs=512
-
-Note: The commands above assume that the physical partition has been
-switched. No such facility currently exists in the Linux Kernel.
-
-Physical partitions are described in the eSD specification.  At the time of
-writing they are not the same as partitions that are typically configured
-using fdisk and visible through /proc/partitions
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/msm/gpiomux.txt b/Documentation/arm/msm/gpiomux.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 67a8162..0000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/msm/gpiomux.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
-This document provides an overview of the msm_gpiomux interface, which
-is used to provide gpio pin multiplexing and configuration on mach-msm
-targets.
-
-History
-=======
-
-The first-generation API for gpio configuration & multiplexing on msm
-is the function gpio_tlmm_config().  This function has a few notable
-shortcomings, which led to its deprecation and replacement by gpiomux:
-
-The 'disable' parameter:  Setting the second parameter to
-gpio_tlmm_config to GPIO_CFG_DISABLE tells the peripheral
-processor in charge of the subsystem to perform a look-up into a
-low-power table and apply the low-power/sleep setting for the pin.
-As the msm family evolved this became problematic. Not all pins
-have sleep settings, not all peripheral processors will accept requests
-to apply said sleep settings, and not all msm targets have their gpio
-subsystems managed by a peripheral processor. In order to get consistent
-behavior on all targets, drivers are forced to ignore this parameter,
-rendering it useless.
-
-The 'direction' flag: for all mux-settings other than raw-gpio (0),
-the output-enable bit of a gpio is hard-wired to a known
-input (usually VDD or ground).  For those settings, the direction flag
-is meaningless at best, and deceptive at worst.  In addition, using the
-direction flag to change output-enable (OE) directly can cause trouble in
-gpiolib, which has no visibility into gpio direction changes made
-in this way.  Direction control in gpio mode should be made through gpiolib.
-
-Key Features of gpiomux
-=======================
-
-- A consistent interface across all generations of msm.  Drivers can expect
-the same results on every target.
-- gpiomux plays nicely with gpiolib.  Functions that should belong to gpiolib
-are left to gpiolib and not duplicated here.  gpiomux is written with the
-intent that gpio_chips will call gpiomux reference-counting methods
-from their request() and free() hooks, providing full integration.
-- Tabular configuration.  Instead of having to call gpio_tlmm_config
-hundreds of times, gpio configuration is placed in a single table.
-- Per-gpio sleep.  Each gpio is individually reference counted, allowing only
-those lines which are in use to be put in high-power states.
-- 0 means 'do nothing': all flags are designed so that the default memset-zero
-equates to a sensible default of 'no configuration', preventing users
-from having to provide hundreds of 'no-op' configs for unused or
-unwanted lines.
-
-Usage
-=====
-
-To use gpiomux, provide configuration information for relevant gpio lines
-in the msm_gpiomux_configs table.  Since a 0 equates to "unconfigured",
-only those lines to be managed by gpiomux need to be specified.  Here
-is a completely fictional example:
-
-struct msm_gpiomux_config msm_gpiomux_configs[GPIOMUX_NGPIOS] = {
-	[12] = {
-		.active = GPIOMUX_VALID | GPIOMUX_DRV_8MA | GPIOMUX_FUNC_1,
-		.suspended = GPIOMUX_VALID | GPIOMUX_PULL_DOWN,
-	},
-	[34] = {
-		.suspended = GPIOMUX_VALID | GPIOMUX_PULL_DOWN,
-	},
-};
-
-To indicate that a gpio is in use, call msm_gpiomux_get() to increase
-its reference count.  To decrease the reference count, call msm_gpiomux_put().
-
-The effect of this configuration is as follows:
-
-When the system boots, gpios 12 and 34 will be initialized with their
-'suspended' configurations.  All other gpios, which were left unconfigured,
-will not be touched.
-
-When msm_gpiomux_get() is called on gpio 12 to raise its reference count
-above 0, its active configuration will be applied.  Since no other gpio
-line has a valid active configuration, msm_gpiomux_get() will have no
-effect on any other line.
-
-When msm_gpiomux_put() is called on gpio 12 or 34 to drop their reference
-count to 0, their suspended configurations will be applied.
-Since no other gpio line has a valid suspended configuration, no other
-gpio line will be effected by msm_gpiomux_put().  Since gpio 34 has no valid
-active configuration, this is effectively a no-op for gpio 34 as well,
-with one small caveat, see the section "About Output-Enable Settings".
-
-All of the GPIOMUX_VALID flags may seem like unnecessary overhead, but
-they address some important issues.  As unused entries (all those
-except 12 and 34) are zero-filled, gpiomux needs a way to distinguish
-the used fields from the unused.  In addition, the all-zero pattern
-is a valid configuration!  Therefore, gpiomux defines an additional bit
-which is used to indicate when a field is used.  This has the pleasant
-side-effect of allowing calls to msm_gpiomux_write to use '0' to indicate
-that a value should not be changed:
-
-  msm_gpiomux_write(0, GPIOMUX_VALID, 0);
-
-replaces the active configuration of gpio 0 with an all-zero configuration,
-but leaves the suspended configuration as it was.
-
-Static Configurations
-=====================
-
-To install a static configuration, which is applied at boot and does
-not change after that, install a configuration with a suspended component
-but no active component, as in the previous example:
-
-	[34] = {
-		.suspended = GPIOMUX_VALID | GPIOMUX_PULL_DOWN,
-	},
-
-The suspended setting is applied during boot, and the lack of any valid
-active setting prevents any other setting from being applied at runtime.
-If other subsystems attempting to access the line is a concern, one could
-*really* anchor the configuration down by calling msm_gpiomux_get on the
-line at initialization to move the line into active mode.  With the line
-held, it will never be re-suspended, and with no valid active configuration,
-no new configurations will be applied.
-
-But then, if having other subsystems grabbing for the line is truly a concern,
-it should be reserved with gpio_request instead, which carries an implicit
-msm_gpiomux_get.
-
-gpiomux and gpiolib
-===================
-
-It is expected that msm gpio_chips will call msm_gpiomux_get() and
-msm_gpiomux_put() from their request and free hooks, like this fictional
-example:
-
-static int request(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned offset)
-{
-        return msm_gpiomux_get(chip->base + offset);
-}
-
-static void free(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned offset)
-{
-        msm_gpiomux_put(chip->base + offset);
-}
-
-	...somewhere in a gpio_chip declaration...
-	.request = request,
-	.free    = free,
-
-This provides important functionality:
-- It guarantees that a gpio line will have its 'active' config applied
-  when the line is requested, and will not be suspended while the line
-  remains requested; and
-- It guarantees that gpio-direction settings from gpiolib behave sensibly.
-  See "About Output-Enable Settings."
-
-This mechanism allows for "auto-request" of gpiomux lines via gpiolib
-when it is suitable.  Drivers wishing more exact control are, of course,
-free to also use msm_gpiomux_set and msm_gpiomux_get.
-
-About Output-Enable Settings
-============================
-
-Some msm targets do not have the ability to query the current gpio
-configuration setting.  This means that changes made to the output-enable
-(OE) bit by gpiolib cannot be consistently detected and preserved by gpiomux.
-Therefore, when gpiomux applies a configuration setting, any direction
-settings which may have been applied by gpiolib are lost and the default
-input settings are re-applied.
-
-For this reason, drivers should not assume that gpio direction settings
-continue to hold if they free and then re-request a gpio.  This seems like
-common sense - after all, anybody could have obtained the line in the
-meantime - but it needs saying.
-
-This also means that calls to msm_gpiomux_write will reset the OE bit,
-which means that if the gpio line is held by a client of gpiolib and
-msm_gpiomux_write is called, the direction setting has been lost and
-gpiolib's internal state has been broken.
-Release gpio lines before reconfiguring them.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt b/Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6e1a18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,593 @@
+ACPI Tables
+-----------
+The expectations of individual ACPI tables are discussed in the list that
+follows.
+
+If a section number is used, it refers to a section number in the ACPI
+specification where the object is defined.  If "Signature Reserved" is used,
+the table signature (the first four bytes of the table) is the only portion
+of the table recognized by the specification, and the actual table is defined
+outside of the UEFI Forum (see Section 5.2.6 of the specification).
+
+For ACPI on arm64, tables also fall into the following categories:
+
+       -- Required: DSDT, FADT, GTDT, MADT, MCFG, RSDP, SPCR, XSDT
+
+       -- Recommended: BERT, EINJ, ERST, HEST, SSDT
+
+       -- Optional: BGRT, CPEP, CSRT, DRTM, ECDT, FACS, FPDT, MCHI, MPST,
+          MSCT, RASF, SBST, SLIT, SPMI, SRAT, TCPA, TPM2, UEFI
+
+       -- Not supported: BOOT, DBG2, DBGP, DMAR, ETDT, HPET, IBFT, IVRS,
+          LPIT, MSDM, RSDT, SLIC, WAET, WDAT, WDRT, WPBT
+
+
+Table  Usage for ARMv8 Linux
+-----  ----------------------------------------------------------------
+BERT   Section 18.3 (signature == "BERT")
+       == Boot Error Record Table ==
+       Must be supplied if RAS support is provided by the platform.  It
+       is recommended this table be supplied.
+
+BOOT   Signature Reserved (signature == "BOOT")
+       == simple BOOT flag table ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+BGRT   Section 5.2.22 (signature == "BGRT")
+       == Boot Graphics Resource Table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported, with no real use-case for an
+       ARM server.
+
+CPEP   Section 5.2.18 (signature == "CPEP")
+       == Corrected Platform Error Polling table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported, and not recommended until such
+       time as ARM-compatible hardware is available, and the specification
+       suitably modified.
+
+CSRT   Signature Reserved (signature == "CSRT")
+       == Core System Resources Table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+DBG2   Signature Reserved (signature == "DBG2")
+       == DeBuG port table 2 ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+DBGP   Signature Reserved (signature == "DBGP")
+       == DeBuG Port table ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+DSDT   Section 5.2.11.1 (signature == "DSDT")
+       == Differentiated System Description Table ==
+       A DSDT is required; see also SSDT.
+
+       ACPI tables contain only one DSDT but can contain one or more SSDTs,
+       which are optional.  Each SSDT can only add to the ACPI namespace,
+       but cannot modify or replace anything in the DSDT.
+
+DMAR   Signature Reserved (signature == "DMAR")
+       == DMA Remapping table ==
+       x86 only table, will not be supported.
+
+DRTM   Signature Reserved (signature == "DRTM")
+       == Dynamic Root of Trust for Measurement table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+ECDT   Section 5.2.16 (signature == "ECDT")
+       == Embedded Controller Description Table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported, but could be used on ARM if and
+       only if one uses the GPE_BIT field to represent an IRQ number, since
+       there are no GPE blocks defined in hardware reduced mode.  This would
+       need to be modified in the ACPI specification.
+
+EINJ   Section 18.6 (signature == "EINJ")
+       == Error Injection table ==
+       This table is very useful for testing platform response to error
+       conditions; it allows one to inject an error into the system as
+       if it had actually occurred.  However, this table should not be
+       shipped with a production system; it should be dynamically loaded
+       and executed with the ACPICA tools only during testing.
+
+ERST   Section 18.5 (signature == "ERST")
+       == Error Record Serialization Table ==
+       On a platform supports RAS, this table must be supplied if it is not
+       UEFI-based; if it is UEFI-based, this table may be supplied. When this
+       table is not present, UEFI run time service will be utilized to save
+       and retrieve hardware error information to and from a persistent store.
+
+ETDT   Signature Reserved (signature == "ETDT")
+       == Event Timer Description Table ==
+       Obsolete table, will not be supported.
+
+FACS   Section 5.2.10 (signature == "FACS")
+       == Firmware ACPI Control Structure ==
+       It is unlikely that this table will be terribly useful.  If it is
+       provided, the Global Lock will NOT be used since it is not part of
+       the hardware reduced profile, and only 64-bit address fields will
+       be considered valid.
+
+FADT   Section 5.2.9 (signature == "FACP")
+       == Fixed ACPI Description Table ==
+       Required for arm64.
+
+       The HW_REDUCED_ACPI flag must be set.  All of the fields that are
+       to be ignored when HW_REDUCED_ACPI is set are expected to be set to
+       zero.
+
+       If an FACS table is provided, the X_FIRMWARE_CTRL field is to be
+       used, not FIRMWARE_CTRL.
+
+       If PSCI is used (as is recommended), make sure that ARM_BOOT_ARCH is
+       filled in properly -- that the PSCI_COMPLIANT flag is set and that
+       PSCI_USE_HVC is set or unset as needed (see table 5-37).
+
+       For the DSDT that is also required, the X_DSDT field is to be used,
+       not the DSDT field.
+
+FPDT   Section 5.2.23 (signature == "FPDT")
+       == Firmware Performance Data Table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+GTDT   Section 5.2.24 (signature == "GTDT")
+       == Generic Timer Description Table ==
+       Required for arm64.
+
+HEST   Section 18.3.2 (signature == "HEST")
+       == Hardware Error Source Table ==
+       Until further error source types are defined, use only types 6 (AER
+       Root Port), 7 (AER Endpoint), 8 (AER Bridge), or 9 (Generic Hardware
+       Error Source).  Firmware first error handling is possible if and only
+       if Trusted Firmware is being used on arm64.
+
+       Must be supplied if RAS support is provided by the platform.  It
+       is recommended this table be supplied.
+
+HPET   Signature Reserved (signature == "HPET")
+       == High Precision Event timer Table ==
+       x86 only table, will not be supported.
+
+IBFT   Signature Reserved (signature == "IBFT")
+       == iSCSI Boot Firmware Table ==
+       Microsoft defined table, support TBD.
+
+IVRS   Signature Reserved (signature == "IVRS")
+       == I/O Virtualization Reporting Structure ==
+       x86_64 (AMD) only table, will not be supported.
+
+LPIT   Signature Reserved (signature == "LPIT")
+       == Low Power Idle Table ==
+       x86 only table as of ACPI 5.1; future versions have been adapted for
+       use with ARM and will be recommended in order to support ACPI power
+       management.
+
+MADT   Section 5.2.12 (signature == "APIC")
+       == Multiple APIC Description Table ==
+       Required for arm64.  Only the GIC interrupt controller structures
+       should be used (types 0xA - 0xE).
+
+MCFG   Signature Reserved (signature == "MCFG")
+       == Memory-mapped ConFiGuration space ==
+       If the platform supports PCI/PCIe, an MCFG table is required.
+
+MCHI   Signature Reserved (signature == "MCHI")
+       == Management Controller Host Interface table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+MPST   Section 5.2.21 (signature == "MPST")
+       == Memory Power State Table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+MSDM   Signature Reserved (signature == "MSDM")
+       == Microsoft Data Management table ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+MSCT   Section 5.2.19 (signature == "MSCT")
+       == Maximum System Characteristic Table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+RASF   Section 5.2.20 (signature == "RASF")
+       == RAS Feature table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+RSDP   Section 5.2.5 (signature == "RSD PTR")
+       == Root System Description PoinTeR ==
+       Required for arm64.
+
+RSDT   Section 5.2.7 (signature == "RSDT")
+       == Root System Description Table ==
+       Since this table can only provide 32-bit addresses, it is deprecated
+       on arm64, and will not be used.
+
+SBST   Section 5.2.14 (signature == "SBST")
+       == Smart Battery Subsystem Table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+SLIC   Signature Reserved (signature == "SLIC")
+       == Software LIcensing table ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+SLIT   Section 5.2.17 (signature == "SLIT")
+       == System Locality distance Information Table ==
+       Optional in general, but required for NUMA systems.
+
+SPCR   Signature Reserved (signature == "SPCR")
+       == Serial Port Console Redirection table ==
+       Required for arm64.
+
+SPMI   Signature Reserved (signature == "SPMI")
+       == Server Platform Management Interface table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+SRAT   Section 5.2.16 (signature == "SRAT")
+       == System Resource Affinity Table ==
+       Optional, but if used, only the GICC Affinity structures are read.
+       To support NUMA, this table is required.
+
+SSDT   Section 5.2.11.2 (signature == "SSDT")
+       == Secondary System Description Table ==
+       These tables are a continuation of the DSDT; these are recommended
+       for use with devices that can be added to a running system, but can
+       also serve the purpose of dividing up device descriptions into more
+       manageable pieces.
+
+       An SSDT can only ADD to the ACPI namespace.  It cannot modify or
+       replace existing device descriptions already in the namespace.
+
+       These tables are optional, however.  ACPI tables should contain only
+       one DSDT but can contain many SSDTs.
+
+TCPA   Signature Reserved (signature == "TCPA")
+       == Trusted Computing Platform Alliance table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported, and may need changes to fully
+       interoperate with arm64.
+
+TPM2   Signature Reserved (signature == "TPM2")
+       == Trusted Platform Module 2 table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported, and may need changes to fully
+       interoperate with arm64.
+
+UEFI   Signature Reserved (signature == "UEFI")
+       == UEFI ACPI data table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.  No known use case for arm64,
+       at present.
+
+WAET   Signature Reserved (signature == "WAET")
+       == Windows ACPI Emulated devices Table ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+WDAT   Signature Reserved (signature == "WDAT")
+       == Watch Dog Action Table ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+WDRT   Signature Reserved (signature == "WDRT")
+       == Watch Dog Resource Table ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+WPBT   Signature Reserved (signature == "WPBT")
+       == Windows Platform Binary Table ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+XSDT   Section 5.2.8 (signature == "XSDT")
+       == eXtended System Description Table ==
+       Required for arm64.
+
+
+ACPI Objects
+------------
+The expectations on individual ACPI objects are discussed in the list that
+follows:
+
+Name   Section         Usage for ARMv8 Linux
+----   ------------    -------------------------------------------------
+_ADR   6.1.1           Use as needed.
+
+_BBN   6.5.5           Use as needed; PCI-specific.
+
+_BDN   6.5.3           Optional; not likely to be used on arm64.
+
+_CCA   6.2.17          This method should be defined for all bus masters
+                       on arm64.  While cache coherency is assumed, making
+                       it explicit ensures the kernel will set up DMA as
+                       it should.
+
+_CDM   6.2.1           Optional, to be used only for processor devices.
+
+_CID   6.1.2           Use as needed.
+
+_CLS   6.1.3           Use as needed.
+
+_CRS   6.2.2           Required on arm64.
+
+_DCK   6.5.2           Optional; not likely to be used on arm64.
+
+_DDN   6.1.4           This field can be used for a device name.  However,
+                       it is meant for DOS device names (e.g., COM1), so be
+                       careful of its use across OSes.
+
+_DEP   6.5.8           Use as needed.
+
+_DIS   6.2.3           Optional, for power management use.
+
+_DLM   5.7.5           Optional.
+
+_DMA   6.2.4           Optional.
+
+_DSD   6.2.5           To be used with caution.  If this object is used, try
+                       to use it within the constraints already defined by the
+                       Device Properties UUID.  Only in rare circumstances
+                       should it be necessary to create a new _DSD UUID.
+
+                       In either case, submit the _DSD definition along with
+                       any driver patches for discussion, especially when
+                       device properties are used.  A driver will not be
+                       considered complete without a corresponding _DSD
+                       description.  Once approved by kernel maintainers,
+                       the UUID or device properties must then be registered
+                       with the UEFI Forum; this may cause some iteration as
+                       more than one OS will be registering entries.
+
+_DSM                   Do not use this method.  It is not standardized, the
+                       return values are not well documented, and it is
+                       currently a frequent source of error.
+
+_DSW   7.2.1           Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_EDL   6.3.1           Optional.
+
+_EJD   6.3.2           Optional.
+
+_EJx   6.3.3           Optional.
+
+_FIX   6.2.7           x86 specific, not used on arm64.
+
+\_GL   5.7.1           This object is not to be used in hardware reduced
+                       mode, and therefore should not be used on arm64.
+
+_GLK   6.5.7           This object requires a global lock be defined; there
+                       is no global lock on arm64 since it runs in hardware
+                       reduced mode.  Hence, do not use this object on arm64.
+
+\_GPE  5.3.1           This namespace is for x86 use only.  Do not use it
+                       on arm64.
+
+_GSB   6.2.7           Optional.
+
+_HID   6.1.5           Use as needed.  This is the primary object to use in
+                       device probing, though _CID and _CLS may also be used.
+
+_HPP   6.2.8           Optional, PCI specific.
+
+_HPX   6.2.9           Optional, PCI specific.
+
+_HRV   6.1.6           Optional, use as needed to clarify device behavior; in
+                       some cases, this may be easier to use than _DSD.
+
+_INI   6.5.1           Not required, but can be useful in setting up devices
+                       when UEFI leaves them in a state that may not be what
+                       the driver expects before it starts probing.
+
+_IRC   7.2.15          Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_LCK   6.3.4           Optional.
+
+_MAT   6.2.10          Optional; see also the MADT.
+
+_MLS   6.1.7           Optional, but highly recommended for use in
+                       internationalization.
+
+_OFF   7.1.2           It is recommended to define this method for any device
+                       that can be turned on or off.
+
+_ON    7.1.3           It is recommended to define this method for any device
+                       that can be turned on or off.
+
+\_OS   5.7.3           This method will return "Linux" by default (this is
+                       the value of the macro ACPI_OS_NAME on Linux).  The
+                       command line parameter acpi_os=<string> can be used
+                       to set it to some other value.
+
+_OSC   6.2.11          This method can be a global method in ACPI (i.e.,
+                       \_SB._OSC), or it may be associated with a specific
+                       device (e.g., \_SB.DEV0._OSC), or both.  When used
+                       as a global method, only capabilities published in
+                       the ACPI specification are allowed.  When used as
+                       a device-specific method, the process described for
+                       using _DSD MUST be used to create an _OSC definition;
+                       out-of-process use of _OSC is not allowed.  That is,
+                       submit the device-specific _OSC usage description as
+                       part of the kernel driver submission, get it approved
+                       by the kernel community, then register it with the
+                       UEFI Forum.
+
+\_OSI  5.7.2           Deprecated on ARM64.  Any invocation of this method
+                       will print a warning on the console and return false.
+                       That is, as far as ACPI firmware is concerned, _OSI
+                       cannot be used to determine what sort of system is
+                       being used or what functionality is provided.  The
+                       _OSC method is to be used instead.
+
+_OST   6.3.5           Optional.
+
+_PDC   8.4.1           Deprecated, do not use on arm64.
+
+\_PIC  5.8.1           The method should not be used.  On arm64, the only
+                       interrupt model available is GIC.
+
+_PLD   6.1.8           Optional.
+
+\_PR   5.3.1           This namespace is for x86 use only on legacy systems.
+                       Do not use it on arm64.
+
+_PRS   6.2.12          Optional.
+
+_PRT   6.2.13          Required as part of the definition of all PCI root
+                       devices.
+
+_PRW   7.2.13          Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_PRx   7.2.8-11        Use as needed; power management specific.  If _PR0 is
+                       defined, _PR3 must also be defined.
+
+_PSC   7.2.6           Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_PSE   7.2.7           Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_PSW   7.2.14          Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_PSx   7.2.2-5         Use as needed; power management specific.  If _PS0 is
+                       defined, _PS3 must also be defined.  If clocks or
+                       regulators need adjusting to be consistent with power
+                       usage, change them in these methods.
+
+\_PTS  7.3.1           Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_PXM   6.2.14          Optional.
+
+_REG   6.5.4           Use as needed.
+
+\_REV  5.7.4           Always returns the latest version of ACPI supported.
+
+_RMV   6.3.6           Optional.
+
+\_SB   5.3.1           Required on arm64; all devices must be defined in this
+                       namespace.
+
+_SEG   6.5.6           Use as needed; PCI-specific.
+
+\_SI   5.3.1,          Optional.
+       9.1
+
+_SLI   6.2.15          Optional; recommended when SLIT table is in use.
+
+_STA   6.3.7,          It is recommended to define this method for any device
+       7.1.4           that can be turned on or off.
+
+_SRS   6.2.16          Optional; see also _PRS.
+
+_STR   6.1.10          Recommended for conveying device names to end users;
+                       this is preferred over using _DDN.
+
+_SUB   6.1.9           Use as needed; _HID or _CID are preferred.
+
+_SUN   6.1.11          Optional.
+
+\_Sx   7.3.2           Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_SxD   7.2.16-19       Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_SxW   7.2.20-24       Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_SWS   7.3.3           Use as needed; power management specific; this may
+                       require specification changes for use on arm64.
+
+\_TTS  7.3.4           Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+\_TZ   5.3.1           Optional.
+
+_UID   6.1.12          Recommended for distinguishing devices of the same
+                       class; define it if at all possible.
+
+\_WAK  7.3.5           Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+
+ACPI Event Model
+----------------
+Do not use GPE block devices; these are not supported in the hardware reduced
+profile used by arm64.  Since there are no GPE blocks defined for use on ARM
+platforms, GPIO-signaled interrupts should be used for creating system events.
+
+
+ACPI Processor Control
+----------------------
+Section 8 of the ACPI specification is currently undergoing change that
+should be completed in the 6.0 version of the specification.  Processor
+performance control will be handled differently for arm64 at that point
+in time.  Processor aggregator devices (section 8.5) will not be used,
+for example, but another similar mechanism instead.
+
+While UEFI constrains what we can say until the release of 6.0, it is
+recommended that CPPC (8.4.5) be used as the primary model.  This will
+still be useful into the future.  C-states and P-states will still be
+provided, but most of the current design work appears to favor CPPC.
+
+Further, it is essential that the ARMv8 SoC provide a fully functional
+implementation of PSCI; this will be the only mechanism supported by ACPI
+to control CPU power state (including secondary CPU booting).
+
+More details will be provided on the release of the ACPI 6.0 specification.
+
+
+ACPI System Address Map Interfaces
+----------------------------------
+In Section 15 of the ACPI specification, several methods are mentioned as
+possible mechanisms for conveying memory resource information to the kernel.
+For arm64, we will only support UEFI for booting with ACPI, hence the UEFI
+GetMemoryMap() boot service is the only mechanism that will be used.
+
+
+ACPI Platform Error Interfaces (APEI)
+-------------------------------------
+The APEI tables supported are described above.
+
+APEI requires the equivalent of an SCI and an NMI on ARMv8.  The SCI is used
+to notify the OSPM of errors that have occurred but can be corrected and the
+system can continue correct operation, even if possibly degraded.  The NMI is
+used to indicate fatal errors that cannot be corrected, and require immediate
+attention.
+
+Since there is no direct equivalent of the x86 SCI or NMI, arm64 handles
+these slightly differently.  The SCI is handled as a normal GPIO-signaled
+interrupt; given that these are corrected (or correctable) errors being
+reported, this is sufficient.  The NMI is emulated as the highest priority
+GPIO-signaled interrupt possible.  This implies some caution must be used
+since there could be interrupts at higher privilege levels or even interrupts
+at the same priority as the emulated NMI.  In Linux, this should not be the
+case but one should be aware it could happen.
+
+
+ACPI Objects Not Supported on ARM64
+-----------------------------------
+While this may change in the future, there are several classes of objects
+that can be defined, but are not currently of general interest to ARM servers.
+
+These are not supported:
+
+       -- Section 9.2: ambient light sensor devices
+
+       -- Section 9.3: battery devices
+
+       -- Section 9.4: lids (e.g., laptop lids)
+
+       -- Section 9.8.2: IDE controllers
+
+       -- Section 9.9: floppy controllers
+
+       -- Section 9.10: GPE block devices
+
+       -- Section 9.15: PC/AT RTC/CMOS devices
+
+       -- Section 9.16: user presence detection devices
+
+       -- Section 9.17: I/O APIC devices; all GICs must be enumerable via MADT
+
+       -- Section 9.18: time and alarm devices (see 9.15)
+
+
+ACPI Objects Not Yet Implemented
+--------------------------------
+While these objects have x86 equivalents, and they do make some sense in ARM
+servers, there is either no hardware available at present, or in some cases
+there may not yet be a non-ARM implementation.  Hence, they are currently not
+implemented though that may change in the future.
+
+Not yet implemented are:
+
+       -- Section 10: power source and power meter devices
+
+       -- Section 11: thermal management
+
+       -- Section 12: embedded controllers interface
+
+       -- Section 13: SMBus interfaces
+
+       -- Section 17: NUMA support (prototypes have been submitted for
+          review)
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/arm-acpi.txt b/Documentation/arm64/arm-acpi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..570a4f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/arm-acpi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,505 @@
+ACPI on ARMv8 Servers
+---------------------
+ACPI can be used for ARMv8 general purpose servers designed to follow
+the ARM SBSA (Server Base System Architecture) [0] and SBBR (Server
+Base Boot Requirements) [1] specifications.  Please note that the SBBR
+can be retrieved simply by visiting [1], but the SBSA is currently only
+available to those with an ARM login due to ARM IP licensing concerns.
+
+The ARMv8 kernel implements the reduced hardware model of ACPI version
+5.1 or later.  Links to the specification and all external documents
+it refers to are managed by the UEFI Forum.  The specification is
+available at http://www.uefi.org/specifications and documents referenced
+by the specification can be found via http://www.uefi.org/acpi.
+
+If an ARMv8 system does not meet the requirements of the SBSA and SBBR,
+or cannot be described using the mechanisms defined in the required ACPI
+specifications, then ACPI may not be a good fit for the hardware.
+
+While the documents mentioned above set out the requirements for building
+industry-standard ARMv8 servers, they also apply to more than one operating
+system.  The purpose of this document is to describe the interaction between
+ACPI and Linux only, on an ARMv8 system -- that is, what Linux expects of
+ACPI and what ACPI can expect of Linux.
+
+
+Why ACPI on ARM?
+----------------
+Before examining the details of the interface between ACPI and Linux, it is
+useful to understand why ACPI is being used.  Several technologies already
+exist in Linux for describing non-enumerable hardware, after all.  In this
+section we summarize a blog post [2] from Grant Likely that outlines the
+reasoning behind ACPI on ARMv8 servers.  Actually, we snitch a good portion
+of the summary text almost directly, to be honest.
+
+The short form of the rationale for ACPI on ARM is:
+
+-- ACPI’s bytecode (AML) allows the platform to encode hardware behavior,
+   while DT explicitly does not support this.  For hardware vendors, being
+   able to encode behavior is a key tool used in supporting operating
+   system releases on new hardware.
+
+-- ACPI’s OSPM defines a power management model that constrains what the
+   platform is allowed to do into a specific model, while still providing
+   flexibility in hardware design.
+
+-- In the enterprise server environment, ACPI has established bindings (such
+   as for RAS) which are currently used in production systems.  DT does not.
+   Such bindings could be defined in DT at some point, but doing so means ARM
+   and x86 would end up using completely different code paths in both firmware
+   and the kernel.
+
+-- Choosing a single interface to describe the abstraction between a platform
+   and an OS is important.  Hardware vendors would not be required to implement
+   both DT and ACPI if they want to support multiple operating systems.  And,
+   agreeing on a single interface instead of being fragmented into per OS
+   interfaces makes for better interoperability overall.
+
+-- The new ACPI governance process works well and Linux is now at the same
+   table as hardware vendors and other OS vendors.  In fact, there is no
+   longer any reason to feel that ACPI is only belongs to Windows or that
+   Linux is in any way secondary to Microsoft in this arena.  The move of
+   ACPI governance into the UEFI forum has significantly opened up the
+   specification development process, and currently, a large portion of the
+   changes being made to ACPI is being driven by Linux.
+
+Key to the use of ACPI is the support model.  For servers in general, the
+responsibility for hardware behaviour cannot solely be the domain of the
+kernel, but rather must be split between the platform and the kernel, in
+order to allow for orderly change over time.  ACPI frees the OS from needing
+to understand all the minute details of the hardware so that the OS doesn’t
+need to be ported to each and every device individually.  It allows the
+hardware vendors to take responsibility for power management behaviour without
+depending on an OS release cycle which is not under their control.
+
+ACPI is also important because hardware and OS vendors have already worked
+out the mechanisms for supporting a general purpose computing ecosystem.  The
+infrastructure is in place, the bindings are in place, and the processes are
+in place.  DT does exactly what Linux needs it to when working with vertically
+integrated devices, but there are no good processes for supporting what the
+server vendors need.  Linux could potentially get there with DT, but doing so
+really just duplicates something that already works.  ACPI already does what
+the hardware vendors need, Microsoft won’t collaborate on DT, and hardware
+vendors would still end up providing two completely separate firmware
+interfaces -- one for Linux and one for Windows.
+
+
+Kernel Compatibility
+--------------------
+One of the primary motivations for ACPI is standardization, and using that
+to provide backward compatibility for Linux kernels.  In the server market,
+software and hardware are often used for long periods.  ACPI allows the
+kernel and firmware to agree on a consistent abstraction that can be
+maintained over time, even as hardware or software change.  As long as the
+abstraction is supported, systems can be updated without necessarily having
+to replace the kernel.
+
+When a Linux driver or subsystem is first implemented using ACPI, it by
+definition ends up requiring a specific version of the ACPI specification
+-- it's baseline.  ACPI firmware must continue to work, even though it may
+not be optimal, with the earliest kernel version that first provides support
+for that baseline version of ACPI.  There may be a need for additional drivers,
+but adding new functionality (e.g., CPU power management) should not break
+older kernel versions.  Further, ACPI firmware must also work with the most
+recent version of the kernel.
+
+
+Relationship with Device Tree
+-----------------------------
+ACPI support in drivers and subsystems for ARMv8 should never be mutually
+exclusive with DT support at compile time.
+
+At boot time the kernel will only use one description method depending on
+parameters passed from the bootloader (including kernel bootargs).
+
+Regardless of whether DT or ACPI is used, the kernel must always be capable
+of booting with either scheme (in kernels with both schemes enabled at compile
+time).
+
+
+Booting using ACPI tables
+-------------------------
+The only defined method for passing ACPI tables to the kernel on ARMv8
+is via the UEFI system configuration table.  Just so it is explicit, this
+means that ACPI is only supported on platforms that boot via UEFI.
+
+When an ARMv8 system boots, it can either have DT information, ACPI tables,
+or in some very unusual cases, both.  If no command line parameters are used,
+the kernel will try to use DT for device enumeration; if there is no DT
+present, the kernel will try to use ACPI tables, but only if they are present.
+In neither is available, the kernel will not boot.  If acpi=force is used
+on the command line, the kernel will attempt to use ACPI tables first, but
+fall back to DT if there are no ACPI tables present.  The basic idea is that
+the kernel will not fail to boot unless it absolutely has no other choice.
+
+Processing of ACPI tables may be disabled by passing acpi=off on the kernel
+command line; this is the default behavior.
+
+In order for the kernel to load and use ACPI tables, the UEFI implementation
+MUST set the ACPI_20_TABLE_GUID to point to the RSDP table (the table with
+the ACPI signature "RSD PTR ").  If this pointer is incorrect and acpi=force
+is used, the kernel will disable ACPI and try to use DT to boot instead; the
+kernel has, in effect, determined that ACPI tables are not present at that
+point.
+
+If the pointer to the RSDP table is correct, the table will be mapped into
+the kernel by the ACPI core, using the address provided by UEFI.
+
+The ACPI core will then locate and map in all other ACPI tables provided by
+using the addresses in the RSDP table to find the XSDT (eXtended System
+Description Table).  The XSDT in turn provides the addresses to all other
+ACPI tables provided by the system firmware; the ACPI core will then traverse
+this table and map in the tables listed.
+
+The ACPI core will ignore any provided RSDT (Root System Description Table).
+RSDTs have been deprecated and are ignored on arm64 since they only allow
+for 32-bit addresses.
+
+Further, the ACPI core will only use the 64-bit address fields in the FADT
+(Fixed ACPI Description Table).  Any 32-bit address fields in the FADT will
+be ignored on arm64.
+
+Hardware reduced mode (see Section 4.1 of the ACPI 5.1 specification) will
+be enforced by the ACPI core on arm64.  Doing so allows the ACPI core to
+run less complex code since it no longer has to provide support for legacy
+hardware from other architectures.  Any fields that are not to be used for
+hardware reduced mode must be set to zero.
+
+For the ACPI core to operate properly, and in turn provide the information
+the kernel needs to configure devices, it expects to find the following
+tables (all section numbers refer to the ACPI 5.1 specfication):
+
+    -- RSDP (Root System Description Pointer), section 5.2.5
+
+    -- XSDT (eXtended System Description Table), section 5.2.8
+
+    -- FADT (Fixed ACPI Description Table), section 5.2.9
+
+    -- DSDT (Differentiated System Description Table), section
+       5.2.11.1
+
+    -- MADT (Multiple APIC Description Table), section 5.2.12
+
+    -- GTDT (Generic Timer Description Table), section 5.2.24
+
+    -- If PCI is supported, the MCFG (Memory mapped ConFiGuration
+       Table), section 5.2.6, specifically Table 5-31.
+
+If the above tables are not all present, the kernel may or may not be
+able to boot properly since it may not be able to configure all of the
+devices available.
+
+
+ACPI Detection
+--------------
+Drivers should determine their probe() type by checking for a null
+value for ACPI_HANDLE, or checking .of_node, or other information in
+the device structure.  This is detailed further in the "Driver
+Recommendations" section.
+
+In non-driver code, if the presence of ACPI needs to be detected at
+runtime, then check the value of acpi_disabled. If CONFIG_ACPI is not
+set, acpi_disabled will always be 1.
+
+
+Device Enumeration
+------------------
+Device descriptions in ACPI should use standard recognized ACPI interfaces.
+These may contain less information than is typically provided via a Device
+Tree description for the same device.  This is also one of the reasons that
+ACPI can be useful -- the driver takes into account that it may have less
+detailed information about the device and uses sensible defaults instead.
+If done properly in the driver, the hardware can change and improve over
+time without the driver having to change at all.
+
+Clocks provide an excellent example.  In DT, clocks need to be specified
+and the drivers need to take them into account.  In ACPI, the assumption
+is that UEFI will leave the device in a reasonable default state, including
+any clock settings.  If for some reason the driver needs to change a clock
+value, this can be done in an ACPI method; all the driver needs to do is
+invoke the method and not concern itself with what the method needs to do
+to change the clock.  Changing the hardware can then take place over time
+by changing what the ACPI method does, and not the driver.
+
+In DT, the parameters needed by the driver to set up clocks as in the example
+above are known as "bindings"; in ACPI, these are known as "Device Properties"
+and provided to a driver via the _DSD object.
+
+ACPI tables are described with a formal language called ASL, the ACPI
+Source Language (section 19 of the specification).  This means that there
+are always multiple ways to describe the same thing -- including device
+properties.  For example, device properties could use an ASL construct
+that looks like this: Name(KEY0, "value0").  An ACPI device driver would
+then retrieve the value of the property by evaluating the KEY0 object.
+However, using Name() this way has multiple problems: (1) ACPI limits
+names ("KEY0") to four characters unlike DT; (2) there is no industry
+wide registry that maintains a list of names, minimzing re-use; (3)
+there is also no registry for the definition of property values ("value0"),
+again making re-use difficult; and (4) how does one maintain backward
+compatibility as new hardware comes out?  The _DSD method was created
+to solve precisely these sorts of problems; Linux drivers should ALWAYS
+use the _DSD method for device properties and nothing else.
+
+The _DSM object (ACPI Section 9.14.1) could also be used for conveying
+device properties to a driver.  Linux drivers should only expect it to
+be used if _DSD cannot represent the data required, and there is no way
+to create a new UUID for the _DSD object.  Note that there is even less
+regulation of the use of _DSM than there is of _DSD.  Drivers that depend
+on the contents of _DSM objects will be more difficult to maintain over
+time because of this; as of this writing, the use of _DSM is the cause
+of quite a few firmware problems and is not recommended.
+
+Drivers should look for device properties in the _DSD object ONLY; the _DSD
+object is described in the ACPI specification section 6.2.5, but this only
+describes how to define the structure of an object returned via _DSD, and
+how specific data structures are defined by specific UUIDs.  Linux should
+only use the _DSD Device Properties UUID [5]:
+
+   -- UUID: daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301
+
+   -- http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-device-properties-UUID.pdf
+
+The UEFI Forum provides a mechanism for registering device properties [4]
+so that they may be used across all operating systems supporting ACPI.
+Device properties that have not been registered with the UEFI Forum should
+not be used.
+
+Before creating new device properties, check to be sure that they have not
+been defined before and either registered in the Linux kernel documentation
+as DT bindings, or the UEFI Forum as device properties.  While we do not want
+to simply move all DT bindings into ACPI device properties, we can learn from
+what has been previously defined.
+
+If it is necessary to define a new device property, or if it makes sense to
+synthesize the definition of a binding so it can be used in any firmware,
+both DT bindings and ACPI device properties for device drivers have review
+processes.  Use them both.  When the driver itself is submitted for review
+to the Linux mailing lists, the device property definitions needed must be
+submitted at the same time.  A driver that supports ACPI and uses device
+properties will not be considered complete without their definitions.  Once
+the device property has been accepted by the Linux community, it must be
+registered with the UEFI Forum [4], which will review it again for consistency
+within the registry.  This may require iteration.  The UEFI Forum, though,
+will always be the canonical site for device property definitions.
+
+It may make sense to provide notice to the UEFI Forum that there is the
+intent to register a previously unused device property name as a means of
+reserving the name for later use.  Other operating system vendors will
+also be submitting registration requests and this may help smooth the
+process.
+
+Once registration and review have been completed, the kernel provides an
+interface for looking up device properties in a manner independent of
+whether DT or ACPI is being used.  This API should be used [6]; it can
+eliminate some duplication of code paths in driver probing functions and
+discourage divergence between DT bindings and ACPI device properties.
+
+
+Programmable Power Control Resources
+------------------------------------
+Programmable power control resources include such resources as voltage/current
+providers (regulators) and clock sources.
+
+With ACPI, the kernel clock and regulator framework is not expected to be used
+at all.
+
+The kernel assumes that power control of these resources is represented with
+Power Resource Objects (ACPI section 7.1).  The ACPI core will then handle
+correctly enabling and disabling resources as they are needed.  In order to
+get that to work, ACPI assumes each device has defined D-states and that these
+can be controlled through the optional ACPI methods _PS0, _PS1, _PS2, and _PS3;
+in ACPI, _PS0 is the method to invoke to turn a device full on, and _PS3 is for
+turning a device full off.
+
+There are two options for using those Power Resources.  They can:
+
+   -- be managed in a _PSx method which gets called on entry to power
+      state Dx.
+
+   -- be declared separately as power resources with their own _ON and _OFF
+      methods.  They are then tied back to D-states for a particular device
+      via _PRx which specifies which power resources a device needs to be on
+      while in Dx.  Kernel then tracks number of devices using a power resource
+      and calls _ON/_OFF as needed.
+
+The kernel ACPI code will also assume that the _PSx methods follow the normal
+ACPI rules for such methods:
+
+   -- If either _PS0 or _PS3 is implemented, then the other method must also
+      be implemented.
+
+   -- If a device requires usage or setup of a power resource when on, the ASL
+      should organize that it is allocated/enabled using the _PS0 method.
+
+   -- Resources allocated or enabled in the _PS0 method should be disabled
+      or de-allocated in the _PS3 method.
+
+   -- Firmware will leave the resources in a reasonable state before handing
+      over control to the kernel.
+
+Such code in _PSx methods will of course be very platform specific.  But,
+this allows the driver to abstract out the interface for operating the device
+and avoid having to read special non-standard values from ACPI tables. Further,
+abstracting the use of these resources allows the hardware to change over time
+without requiring updates to the driver.
+
+
+Clocks
+------
+ACPI makes the assumption that clocks are initialized by the firmware --
+UEFI, in this case -- to some working value before control is handed over
+to the kernel.  This has implications for devices such as UARTs, or SoC-driven
+LCD displays, for example.
+
+When the kernel boots, the clocks are assumed to be set to reasonable
+working values.  If for some reason the frequency needs to change -- e.g.,
+throttling for power management -- the device driver should expect that
+process to be abstracted out into some ACPI method that can be invoked
+(please see the ACPI specification for further recommendations on standard
+methods to be expected).  The only exceptions to this are CPU clocks where
+CPPC provides a much richer interface than ACPI methods.  If the clocks
+are not set, there is no direct way for Linux to control them.
+
+If an SoC vendor wants to provide fine-grained control of the system clocks,
+they could do so by providing ACPI methods that could be invoked by Linux
+drivers.  However, this is NOT recommended and Linux drivers should NOT use
+such methods, even if they are provided.  Such methods are not currently
+standardized in the ACPI specification, and using them could tie a kernel
+to a very specific SoC, or tie an SoC to a very specific version of the
+kernel, both of which we are trying to avoid.
+
+
+Driver Recommendations
+----------------------
+DO NOT remove any DT handling when adding ACPI support for a driver.  The
+same device may be used on many different systems.
+
+DO try to structure the driver so that it is data-driven.  That is, set up
+a struct containing internal per-device state based on defaults and whatever
+else must be discovered by the driver probe function.  Then, have the rest
+of the driver operate off of the contents of that struct.  Doing so should
+allow most divergence between ACPI and DT functionality to be kept local to
+the probe function instead of being scattered throughout the driver.  For
+example:
+
+static int device_probe_dt(struct platform_device *pdev)
+{
+       /* DT specific functionality */
+       ...
+}
+
+static int device_probe_acpi(struct platform_device *pdev)
+{
+       /* ACPI specific functionality */
+       ...
+}
+
+static int device_probe(struct platform_device *pdev)
+{
+       ...
+       struct device_node node = pdev->dev.of_node;
+       ...
+
+       if (node)
+               ret = device_probe_dt(pdev);
+       else if (ACPI_HANDLE(&pdev->dev))
+               ret = device_probe_acpi(pdev);
+       else
+               /* other initialization */
+               ...
+       /* Continue with any generic probe operations */
+       ...
+}
+
+DO keep the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE entries together in the driver to make it
+clear the different names the driver is probed for, both from DT and from
+ACPI:
+
+static struct of_device_id virtio_mmio_match[] = {
+        { .compatible = "virtio,mmio", },
+        { }
+};
+MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(of, virtio_mmio_match);
+
+static const struct acpi_device_id virtio_mmio_acpi_match[] = {
+        { "LNRO0005", },
+        { }
+};
+MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(acpi, virtio_mmio_acpi_match);
+
+
+ASWG
+----
+The ACPI specification changes regularly.  During the year 2014, for instance,
+version 5.1 was released and version 6.0 substantially completed, with most of
+the changes being driven by ARM-specific requirements.  Proposed changes are
+presented and discussed in the ASWG (ACPI Specification Working Group) which
+is a part of the UEFI Forum.
+
+Participation in this group is open to all UEFI members.  Please see
+http://www.uefi.org/workinggroup for details on group membership.
+
+It is the intent of the ARMv8 ACPI kernel code to follow the ACPI specification
+as closely as possible, and to only implement functionality that complies with
+the released standards from UEFI ASWG.  As a practical matter, there will be
+vendors that provide bad ACPI tables or violate the standards in some way.
+If this is because of errors, quirks and fixups may be necessary, but will
+be avoided if possible.  If there are features missing from ACPI that preclude
+it from being used on a platform, ECRs (Engineering Change Requests) should be
+submitted to ASWG and go through the normal approval process; for those that
+are not UEFI members, many other members of the Linux community are and would
+likely be willing to assist in submitting ECRs.
+
+
+Linux Code
+----------
+Individual items specific to Linux on ARM, contained in the the Linux
+source code, are in the list that follows:
+
+ACPI_OS_NAME           This macro defines the string to be returned when
+                       an ACPI method invokes the _OS method.  On ARM64
+                       systems, this macro will be "Linux" by default.
+                       The command line parameter acpi_os=<string>
+                       can be used to set it to some other value.  The
+                       default value for other architectures is "Microsoft
+                       Windows NT", for example.
+
+ACPI Objects
+------------
+Detailed expectations for ACPI tables and object are listed in the file
+Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt.
+
+
+References
+----------
+[0] http://silver.arm.com -- document ARM-DEN-0029, or newer
+    "Server Base System Architecture", version 2.3, dated 27 Mar 2014
+
+[1] http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.den0044a/Server_Base_Boot_Requirements.pdf
+    Document ARM-DEN-0044A, or newer: "Server Base Boot Requirements, System
+    Software on ARM Platforms", dated 16 Aug 2014
+
+[2] http://www.secretlab.ca/archives/151, 10 Jan 2015, Copyright (c) 2015,
+    Linaro Ltd., written by Grant Likely.  A copy of the verbatim text (apart
+    from formatting) is also in Documentation/arm64/why_use_acpi.txt.
+
+[3] AMD ACPI for Seattle platform documentation:
+    http://amd-dev.wpengine.netdna-cdn.com/wordpress/media/2012/10/Seattle_ACPI_Guide.pdf
+
+[4] http://www.uefi.org/acpi -- please see the link for the "ACPI _DSD Device
+    Property Registry Instructions"
+
+[5] http://www.uefi.org/acpi -- please see the link for the "_DSD (Device
+    Specific Data) Implementation Guide"
+
+[6] Kernel code for the unified device property interface can be found in
+    include/linux/property.h and drivers/base/property.c.
+
+
+Authors
+-------
+Al Stone <al.stone@linaro.org>
+Graeme Gregory <graeme.gregory@linaro.org>
+Hanjun Guo <hanjun.guo@linaro.org>
+
+Grant Likely <grant.likely@linaro.org>, for the "Why ACPI on ARM?" section
diff --git a/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt b/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt
index 183e41b..dab6da3 100644
--- a/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt
+++ b/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt
@@ -201,11 +201,11 @@
 atomic_t and return the new counter value after the operation is
 performed.
 
-Unlike the above routines, it is required that explicit memory
-barriers are performed before and after the operation.  It must be
-done such that all memory operations before and after the atomic
-operation calls are strongly ordered with respect to the atomic
-operation itself.
+Unlike the above routines, it is required that these primitives
+include explicit memory barriers that are performed before and after
+the operation.  It must be done such that all memory operations before
+and after the atomic operation calls are strongly ordered with respect
+to the atomic operation itself.
 
 For example, it should behave as if a smp_mb() call existed both
 before and after the atomic operation.
@@ -233,21 +233,21 @@
 given atomic counter.  They return a boolean indicating whether the
 resulting counter value was zero or not.
 
-It requires explicit memory barrier semantics around the operation as
-above.
+Again, these primitives provide explicit memory barrier semantics around
+the atomic operation.
 
 	int atomic_sub_and_test(int i, atomic_t *v);
 
 This is identical to atomic_dec_and_test() except that an explicit
-decrement is given instead of the implicit "1".  It requires explicit
-memory barrier semantics around the operation.
+decrement is given instead of the implicit "1".  This primitive must
+provide explicit memory barrier semantics around the operation.
 
 	int atomic_add_negative(int i, atomic_t *v);
 
-The given increment is added to the given atomic counter value.  A
-boolean is return which indicates whether the resulting counter value
-is negative.  It requires explicit memory barrier semantics around the
-operation.
+The given increment is added to the given atomic counter value.  A boolean
+is return which indicates whether the resulting counter value is negative.
+This primitive must provide explicit memory barrier semantics around
+the operation.
 
 Then:
 
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
 the given new value.  It returns the old value that the atomic variable v had
 just before the operation.
 
-atomic_xchg requires explicit memory barriers around the operation.
+atomic_xchg must provide explicit memory barriers around the operation.
 
 	int atomic_cmpxchg(atomic_t *v, int old, int new);
 
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
 atomic_cmpxchg will only satisfy its atomicity semantics as long as all
 other accesses of *v are performed through atomic_xxx operations.
 
-atomic_cmpxchg requires explicit memory barriers around the operation.
+atomic_cmpxchg must provide explicit memory barriers around the operation.
 
 The semantics for atomic_cmpxchg are the same as those defined for 'cas'
 below.
@@ -279,8 +279,8 @@
 returns non zero. If v is equal to u then it returns zero. This is done as
 an atomic operation.
 
-atomic_add_unless requires explicit memory barriers around the operation
-unless it fails (returns 0).
+atomic_add_unless must provide explicit memory barriers around the
+operation unless it fails (returns 0).
 
 atomic_inc_not_zero, equivalent to atomic_add_unless(v, 1, 0)
 
@@ -460,9 +460,9 @@
 like this occur as well.
 
 These routines, like the atomic_t counter operations returning values,
-require explicit memory barrier semantics around their execution.  All
-memory operations before the atomic bit operation call must be made
-visible globally before the atomic bit operation is made visible.
+must provide explicit memory barrier semantics around their execution.
+All memory operations before the atomic bit operation call must be
+made visible globally before the atomic bit operation is made visible.
 Likewise, the atomic bit operation must be visible globally before any
 subsequent memory operation is made visible.  For example:
 
@@ -536,8 +536,9 @@
 These non-atomic variants also do not require any special memory
 barrier semantics.
 
-The routines xchg() and cmpxchg() need the same exact memory barriers
-as the atomic and bit operations returning values.
+The routines xchg() and cmpxchg() must provide the same exact
+memory-barrier semantics as the atomic and bit operations returning
+values.
 
 Spinlocks and rwlocks have memory barrier expectations as well.
 The rule to follow is simple:
diff --git a/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile b/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile
index 03f7805..6782c58 100644
--- a/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ifneq ($(CONFIG_BLACKFIN),)
-ifneq ($(CONFIG_BFIN_GPTIMERS,)
+ifneq ($(CONFIG_BFIN_GPTIMERS),)
 obj-m := gptimers-example.o
 endif
 endif
diff --git a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
index 5aabc08..fd12c0d 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
@@ -48,8 +48,7 @@
 	- Highmem I/O support
 	- I/O scheduler modularization
   1.2 Tuning based on high level requirements/capabilities
-	1.2.1 I/O Barriers
-	1.2.2 Request Priority/Latency
+	1.2.1 Request Priority/Latency
   1.3 Direct access/bypass to lower layers for diagnostics and special
       device operations
 	1.3.1 Pre-built commands
@@ -255,29 +254,12 @@
 What kind of support exists at the generic block layer for this ?
 
 The flags and rw fields in the bio structure can be used for some tuning
-from above e.g indicating that an i/o is just a readahead request, or for
-marking  barrier requests (discussed next), or priority settings (currently
-unused). As far as user applications are concerned they would need an
-additional mechanism either via open flags or ioctls, or some other upper
-level mechanism to communicate such settings to block.
+from above e.g indicating that an i/o is just a readahead request, or priority
+settings (currently unused). As far as user applications are concerned they
+would need an additional mechanism either via open flags or ioctls, or some
+other upper level mechanism to communicate such settings to block.
 
-1.2.1 I/O Barriers
-
-There is a way to enforce strict ordering for i/os through barriers.
-All requests before a barrier point must be serviced before the barrier
-request and any other requests arriving after the barrier will not be
-serviced until after the barrier has completed. This is useful for higher
-level control on write ordering, e.g flushing a log of committed updates
-to disk before the corresponding updates themselves.
-
-A flag in the bio structure, BIO_BARRIER is used to identify a barrier i/o.
-The generic i/o scheduler would make sure that it places the barrier request and
-all other requests coming after it after all the previous requests in the
-queue. Barriers may be implemented in different ways depending on the
-driver. For more details regarding I/O barriers, please read barrier.txt
-in this directory.
-
-1.2.2 Request Priority/Latency
+1.2.1 Request Priority/Latency
 
 Todo/Under discussion:
 Arjan's proposed request priority scheme allows higher levels some broad
@@ -906,8 +888,8 @@
 to refer to both parts and I/O scheduler to specific I/O schedulers.
 
 Block layer implements generic dispatch queue in block/*.c.
-The generic dispatch queue is responsible for properly ordering barrier
-requests, requeueing, handling non-fs requests and all other subtleties.
+The generic dispatch queue is responsible for requeueing, handling non-fs
+requests and all other subtleties.
 
 Specific I/O schedulers are responsible for ordering normal filesystem
 requests.  They can also choose to delay certain requests to improve
diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt
index 271e607..db242ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt
@@ -1,17 +1,31 @@
-                      Network Block Device (TCP version)
-                                       
-   What is it: With this compiled in the kernel (or as a module), Linux
-   can use a remote server as one of its block devices. So every time
-   the client computer wants to read, e.g., /dev/nb0, it sends a
-   request over TCP to the server, which will reply with the data read.
-   This can be used for stations with low disk space (or even diskless)
-   to borrow disk space from another computer.
-   Unlike NFS, it is possible to put any filesystem on it, etc.
+Network Block Device (TCP version)
+==================================
 
-   For more information, or to download the nbd-client and nbd-server
-   tools, go to http://nbd.sf.net/.
+1) Overview
+-----------
 
-   The nbd kernel module need only be installed on the client
-   system, as the nbd-server is completely in userspace. In fact,
-   the nbd-server has been successfully ported to other operating
-   systems, including Windows.
+What is it: With this compiled in the kernel (or as a module), Linux
+can use a remote server as one of its block devices. So every time
+the client computer wants to read, e.g., /dev/nb0, it sends a
+request over TCP to the server, which will reply with the data read.
+This can be used for stations with low disk space (or even diskless)
+to borrow disk space from another computer.
+Unlike NFS, it is possible to put any filesystem on it, etc.
+
+For more information, or to download the nbd-client and nbd-server
+tools, go to http://nbd.sf.net/.
+
+The nbd kernel module need only be installed on the client
+system, as the nbd-server is completely in userspace. In fact,
+the nbd-server has been successfully ported to other operating
+systems, including Windows.
+
+A) NBD parameters
+-----------------
+
+max_part
+	Number of partitions per device (default: 0).
+
+nbds_max
+	Number of block devices that should be initialized (default: 16).
+
diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt
index 7fcf9c6..48a183e 100644
--- a/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt
@@ -98,20 +98,79 @@
 	mount /dev/zram1 /tmp
 
 7) Stats:
-	Per-device statistics are exported as various nodes under
-	/sys/block/zram<id>/
-		disksize
-		num_reads
-		num_writes
-		failed_reads
-		failed_writes
-		invalid_io
-		notify_free
-		zero_pages
-		orig_data_size
-		compr_data_size
-		mem_used_total
-		mem_used_max
+Per-device statistics are exported as various nodes under /sys/block/zram<id>/
+
+A brief description of exported device attritbutes. For more details please
+read Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram.
+
+Name            access            description
+----            ------            -----------
+disksize          RW    show and set the device's disk size
+initstate         RO    shows the initialization state of the device
+reset             WO    trigger device reset
+num_reads         RO    the number of reads
+failed_reads      RO    the number of failed reads
+num_write         RO    the number of writes
+failed_writes     RO    the number of failed writes
+invalid_io        RO    the number of non-page-size-aligned I/O requests
+max_comp_streams  RW    the number of possible concurrent compress operations
+comp_algorithm    RW    show and change the compression algorithm
+notify_free       RO    the number of notifications to free pages (either
+                        slot free notifications or REQ_DISCARD requests)
+zero_pages        RO    the number of zero filled pages written to this disk
+orig_data_size    RO    uncompressed size of data stored in this disk
+compr_data_size   RO    compressed size of data stored in this disk
+mem_used_total    RO    the amount of memory allocated for this disk
+mem_used_max      RW    the maximum amount memory zram have consumed to
+                        store compressed data
+mem_limit         RW    the maximum amount of memory ZRAM can use to store
+                        the compressed data
+num_migrated      RO    the number of objects migrated migrated by compaction
+
+
+WARNING
+=======
+per-stat sysfs attributes are considered to be deprecated.
+The basic strategy is:
+-- the existing RW nodes will be downgraded to WO nodes (in linux 4.11)
+-- deprecated RO sysfs nodes will eventually be removed (in linux 4.11)
+
+The list of deprecated attributes can be found here:
+Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram
+
+Basically, every attribute that has its own read accessible sysfs node
+(e.g. num_reads) *AND* is accessible via one of the stat files (zram<id>/stat
+or zram<id>/io_stat or zram<id>/mm_stat) is considered to be deprecated.
+
+User space is advised to use the following files to read the device statistics.
+
+File /sys/block/zram<id>/stat
+
+Represents block layer statistics. Read Documentation/block/stat.txt for
+details.
+
+File /sys/block/zram<id>/io_stat
+
+The stat file represents device's I/O statistics not accounted by block
+layer and, thus, not available in zram<id>/stat file. It consists of a
+single line of text and contains the following stats separated by
+whitespace:
+	failed_reads
+	failed_writes
+	invalid_io
+	notify_free
+
+File /sys/block/zram<id>/mm_stat
+
+The stat file represents device's mm statistics. It consists of a single
+line of text and contains the following stats separated by whitespace:
+	orig_data_size
+	compr_data_size
+	mem_used_total
+	mem_limit
+	mem_used_max
+	zero_pages
+	num_migrated
 
 8) Deactivate:
 	swapoff /dev/zram0
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
index f2235a1..fdf7dff 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
@@ -392,8 +392,10 @@
 than one big one, but doing so means that overloads in one of the
 two domains won't be load balanced to the other one.
 
-By default, there is one sched domain covering all CPUs, except those
-marked isolated using the kernel boot time "isolcpus=" argument.
+By default, there is one sched domain covering all CPUs, including those
+marked isolated using the kernel boot time "isolcpus=" argument. However,
+the isolated CPUs will not participate in load balancing, and will not
+have tasks running on them unless explicitly assigned.
 
 This default load balancing across all CPUs is not well suited for
 the following two situations:
@@ -465,6 +467,10 @@
 constrained to some subset of the CPUs allowed to them, for lack of
 load balancing to the other CPUs.
 
+CPUs in "cpuset.isolcpus" were excluded from load balancing by the
+isolcpus= kernel boot option, and will never be load balanced regardless
+of the value of "cpuset.sched_load_balance" in any cpuset.
+
 1.7.1 sched_load_balance implementation details.
 ------------------------------------------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
index a22df3a..f456b43 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
@@ -275,11 +275,6 @@
 
 2.7 Kernel Memory Extension (CONFIG_MEMCG_KMEM)
 
-WARNING: Current implementation lacks reclaim support. That means allocation
-	 attempts will fail when close to the limit even if there are plenty of
-	 kmem available for reclaim. That makes this option unusable in real
-	 life so DO NOT SELECT IT unless for development purposes.
-
 With the Kernel memory extension, the Memory Controller is able to limit
 the amount of kernel memory used by the system. Kernel memory is fundamentally
 different than user memory, since it can't be swapped out, which makes it
@@ -345,6 +340,9 @@
     In this case, the admin could set up K so that the sum of all groups is
     never greater than the total memory, and freely set U at the cost of his
     QoS.
+    WARNING: In the current implementation, memory reclaim will NOT be
+    triggered for a cgroup when it hits K while staying below U, which makes
+    this setup impractical.
 
     U != 0, K >= U:
     Since kmem charges will also be fed to the user counter and reclaim will be
diff --git a/Documentation/cma/debugfs.txt b/Documentation/cma/debugfs.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cef20a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/cma/debugfs.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+The CMA debugfs interface is useful to retrieve basic information out of the
+different CMA areas and to test allocation/release in each of the areas.
+
+Each CMA zone represents a directory under <debugfs>/cma/, indexed by the
+kernel's CMA index. So the first CMA zone would be:
+
+	<debugfs>/cma/cma-0
+
+The structure of the files created under that directory is as follows:
+
+ - [RO] base_pfn: The base PFN (Page Frame Number) of the zone.
+ - [RO] count: Amount of memory in the CMA area.
+ - [RO] order_per_bit: Order of pages represented by one bit.
+ - [RO] bitmap: The bitmap of page states in the zone.
+ - [WO] alloc: Allocate N pages from that CMA area. For example:
+
+	echo 5 > <debugfs>/cma/cma-2/alloc
+
+would try to allocate 5 pages from the cma-2 area.
+
+ - [WO] free: Free N pages from that CMA area, similar to the above.
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
index a0b005d..f9ad5e0 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 	for_each_possible_cpu     - Iterate over cpu_possible_mask
 	for_each_online_cpu       - Iterate over cpu_online_mask
 	for_each_present_cpu      - Iterate over cpu_present_mask
-	for_each_cpu_mask(x,mask) - Iterate over some random collection of cpu mask.
+	for_each_cpu(x,mask)      - Iterate over some random collection of cpu mask.
 
 	#include <linux/cpu.h>
 	get_online_cpus() and put_online_cpus():
diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/crypto-API-userspace.txt b/Documentation/crypto/crypto-API-userspace.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index ac619cd..0000000
--- a/Documentation/crypto/crypto-API-userspace.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-Introduction
-============
-
-The concepts of the kernel crypto API visible to kernel space is fully
-applicable to the user space interface as well. Therefore, the kernel crypto API
-high level discussion for the in-kernel use cases applies here as well.
-
-The major difference, however, is that user space can only act as a consumer
-and never as a provider of a transformation or cipher algorithm.
-
-The following covers the user space interface exported by the kernel crypto
-API. A working example of this description is libkcapi that can be obtained from
-[1]. That library can be used by user space applications that require
-cryptographic services from the kernel.
-
-Some details of the in-kernel kernel crypto API aspects do not
-apply to user space, however. This includes the difference between synchronous
-and asynchronous invocations. The user space API call is fully synchronous.
-In addition, only a subset of all cipher types are available as documented
-below.
-
-
-User space API general remarks
-==============================
-
-The kernel crypto API is accessible from user space. Currently, the following
-ciphers are accessible:
-
-	* Message digest including keyed message digest (HMAC, CMAC)
-
-	* Symmetric ciphers
-
-Note, AEAD ciphers are currently not supported via the symmetric cipher
-interface.
-
-The interface is provided via Netlink using the type AF_ALG. In addition, the
-setsockopt option type is SOL_ALG. In case the user space header files do not
-export these flags yet, use the following macros:
-
-#ifndef AF_ALG
-#define AF_ALG 38
-#endif
-#ifndef SOL_ALG
-#define SOL_ALG 279
-#endif
-
-A cipher is accessed with the same name as done for the in-kernel API calls.
-This includes the generic vs. unique naming schema for ciphers as well as the
-enforcement of priorities for generic names.
-
-To interact with the kernel crypto API, a Netlink socket must be created by
-the user space application. User space invokes the cipher operation with the
-send/write system call family. The result of the cipher operation is obtained
-with the read/recv system call family.
-
-The following API calls assume that the Netlink socket descriptor is already
-opened by the user space application and discusses only the kernel crypto API
-specific invocations.
-
-To initialize a Netlink interface, the following sequence has to be performed
-by the consumer:
-
-	1. Create a socket of type AF_ALG with the struct sockaddr_alg parameter
-	   specified below for the different cipher types.
-
-	2. Invoke bind with the socket descriptor
-
-	3. Invoke accept with the socket descriptor. The accept system call
-	   returns a new file descriptor that is to be used to interact with
-	   the particular cipher instance. When invoking send/write or recv/read
-	   system calls to send data to the kernel or obtain data from the
-	   kernel, the file descriptor returned by accept must be used.
-
-In-place cipher operation
-=========================
-
-Just like the in-kernel operation of the kernel crypto API, the user space
-interface allows the cipher operation in-place. That means that the input buffer
-used for the send/write system call and the output buffer used by the read/recv
-system call may be one and the same. This is of particular interest for
-symmetric cipher operations where a copying of the output data to its final
-destination can be avoided.
-
-If a consumer on the other hand wants to maintain the plaintext and the
-ciphertext in different memory locations, all a consumer needs to do is to
-provide different memory pointers for the encryption and decryption operation.
-
-Message digest API
-==================
-
-The message digest type to be used for the cipher operation is selected when
-invoking the bind syscall. bind requires the caller to provide a filled
-struct sockaddr data structure. This data structure must be filled as follows:
-
-struct sockaddr_alg sa = {
-	.salg_family = AF_ALG,
-	.salg_type = "hash", /* this selects the hash logic in the kernel */
-	.salg_name = "sha1" /* this is the cipher name */
-};
-
-The salg_type value "hash" applies to message digests and keyed message digests.
-Though, a keyed message digest is referenced by the appropriate salg_name.
-Please see below for the setsockopt interface that explains how the key can be
-set for a keyed message digest.
-
-Using the send() system call, the application provides the data that should be
-processed with the message digest. The send system call allows the following
-flags to be specified:
-
-	* MSG_MORE: If this flag is set, the send system call acts like a
-		    message digest update function where the final hash is not
-		    yet calculated. If the flag is not set, the send system call
-		    calculates the final message digest immediately.
-
-With the recv() system call, the application can read the message digest from
-the kernel crypto API. If the buffer is too small for the message digest, the
-flag MSG_TRUNC is set by the kernel.
-
-In order to set a message digest key, the calling application must use the
-setsockopt() option of ALG_SET_KEY. If the key is not set the HMAC operation is
-performed without the initial HMAC state change caused by the key.
-
-
-Symmetric cipher API
-====================
-
-The operation is very similar to the message digest discussion. During
-initialization, the struct sockaddr data structure must be filled as follows:
-
-struct sockaddr_alg sa = {
-	.salg_family = AF_ALG,
-	.salg_type = "skcipher", /* this selects the symmetric cipher */
-	.salg_name = "cbc(aes)" /* this is the cipher name */
-};
-
-Before data can be sent to the kernel using the write/send system call family,
-the consumer must set the key. The key setting is described with the setsockopt
-invocation below.
-
-Using the sendmsg() system call, the application provides the data that should
-be processed for encryption or decryption. In addition, the IV is specified
-with the data structure provided by the sendmsg() system call.
-
-The sendmsg system call parameter of struct msghdr is embedded into the
-struct cmsghdr data structure. See recv(2) and cmsg(3) for more information
-on how the cmsghdr data structure is used together with the send/recv system
-call family. That cmsghdr data structure holds the following information
-specified with a separate header instances:
-
-	* specification of the cipher operation type with one of these flags:
-		ALG_OP_ENCRYPT - encryption of data
-		ALG_OP_DECRYPT - decryption of data
-
-	* specification of the IV information marked with the flag ALG_SET_IV
-
-The send system call family allows the following flag to be specified:
-
-	* MSG_MORE: If this flag is set, the send system call acts like a
-		    cipher update function where more input data is expected
-		    with a subsequent invocation of the send system call.
-
-Note: The kernel reports -EINVAL for any unexpected data. The caller must
-make sure that all data matches the constraints given in /proc/crypto for the
-selected cipher.
-
-With the recv() system call, the application can read the result of the
-cipher operation from the kernel crypto API. The output buffer must be at least
-as large as to hold all blocks of the encrypted or decrypted data. If the output
-data size is smaller, only as many blocks are returned that fit into that
-output buffer size.
-
-Setsockopt interface
-====================
-
-In addition to the read/recv and send/write system call handling to send and
-retrieve data subject to the cipher operation, a consumer also needs to set
-the additional information for the cipher operation. This additional information
-is set using the setsockopt system call that must be invoked with the file
-descriptor of the open cipher (i.e. the file descriptor returned by the
-accept system call).
-
-Each setsockopt invocation must use the level SOL_ALG.
-
-The setsockopt interface allows setting the following data using the mentioned
-optname:
-
-	* ALG_SET_KEY -- Setting the key. Key setting is applicable to:
-
-		- the skcipher cipher type (symmetric ciphers)
-
-		- the hash cipher type (keyed message digests)
-
-User space API example
-======================
-
-Please see [1] for libkcapi which provides an easy-to-use wrapper around the
-aforementioned Netlink kernel interface. [1] also contains a test application
-that invokes all libkcapi API calls.
-
-[1] http://www.chronox.de/libkcapi.html
-
-Author
-======
-
-Stephan Mueller <smueller@chronox.de>
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt
index ad69778..692171f 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 using the kernel crypto API.
 
 For a more detailed description of supported parameters see:
-http://code.google.com/p/cryptsetup/wiki/DMCrypt
+https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/DMCrypt
 
 Parameters: <cipher> <key> <iv_offset> <device path> \
 	      <offset> [<#opt_params> <opt_params>]
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 ===============
 LUKS (Linux Unified Key Setup) is now the preferred way to set up disk
 encryption with dm-crypt using the 'cryptsetup' utility, see
-http://code.google.com/p/cryptsetup/
+https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup
 
 [[
 #!/bin/sh
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/log-writes.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/log-writes.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c10f30c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/log-writes.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+dm-log-writes
+=============
+
+This target takes 2 devices, one to pass all IO to normally, and one to log all
+of the write operations to.  This is intended for file system developers wishing
+to verify the integrity of metadata or data as the file system is written to.
+There is a log_write_entry written for every WRITE request and the target is
+able to take arbitrary data from userspace to insert into the log.  The data
+that is in the WRITE requests is copied into the log to make the replay happen
+exactly as it happened originally.
+
+Log Ordering
+============
+
+We log things in order of completion once we are sure the write is no longer in
+cache.  This means that normal WRITE requests are not actually logged until the
+next REQ_FLUSH request.  This is to make it easier for userspace to replay the
+log in a way that correlates to what is on disk and not what is in cache, to
+make it easier to detect improper waiting/flushing.
+
+This works by attaching all WRITE requests to a list once the write completes.
+Once we see a REQ_FLUSH request we splice this list onto the request and once
+the FLUSH request completes we log all of the WRITEs and then the FLUSH.  Only
+completed WRITEs, at the time the REQ_FLUSH is issued, are added in order to
+simulate the worst case scenario with regard to power failures.  Consider the
+following example (W means write, C means complete):
+
+W1,W2,W3,C3,C2,Wflush,C1,Cflush
+
+The log would show the following
+
+W3,W2,flush,W1....
+
+Again this is to simulate what is actually on disk, this allows us to detect
+cases where a power failure at a particular point in time would create an
+inconsistent file system.
+
+Any REQ_FUA requests bypass this flushing mechanism and are logged as soon as
+they complete as those requests will obviously bypass the device cache.
+
+Any REQ_DISCARD requests are treated like WRITE requests.  Otherwise we would
+have all the DISCARD requests, and then the WRITE requests and then the FLUSH
+request.  Consider the following example:
+
+WRITE block 1, DISCARD block 1, FLUSH
+
+If we logged DISCARD when it completed, the replay would look like this
+
+DISCARD 1, WRITE 1, FLUSH
+
+which isn't quite what happened and wouldn't be caught during the log replay.
+
+Target interface
+================
+
+i) Constructor
+
+   log-writes <dev_path> <log_dev_path>
+
+   dev_path	: Device that all of the IO will go to normally.
+   log_dev_path : Device where the log entries are written to.
+
+ii) Status
+
+    <#logged entries> <highest allocated sector>
+
+    #logged entries	       : Number of logged entries
+    highest allocated sector   : Highest allocated sector
+
+iii) Messages
+
+    mark <description>
+
+	You can use a dmsetup message to set an arbitrary mark in a log.
+	For example say you want to fsck a file system after every
+	write, but first you need to replay up to the mkfs to make sure
+	we're fsck'ing something reasonable, you would do something like
+	this:
+
+	  mkfs.btrfs -f /dev/mapper/log
+	  dmsetup message log 0 mark mkfs
+	  <run test>
+
+	  This would allow you to replay the log up to the mkfs mark and
+	  then replay from that point on doing the fsck check in the
+	  interval that you want.
+
+	Every log has a mark at the end labeled "dm-log-writes-end".
+
+Userspace component
+===================
+
+There is a userspace tool that will replay the log for you in various ways.
+It can be found here: https://github.com/josefbacik/log-writes
+
+Example usage
+=============
+
+Say you want to test fsync on your file system.  You would do something like
+this:
+
+TABLE="0 $(blockdev --getsz /dev/sdb) log-writes /dev/sdb /dev/sdc"
+dmsetup create log --table "$TABLE"
+mkfs.btrfs -f /dev/mapper/log
+dmsetup message log 0 mark mkfs
+
+mount /dev/mapper/log /mnt/btrfs-test
+<some test that does fsync at the end>
+dmsetup message log 0 mark fsync
+md5sum /mnt/btrfs-test/foo
+umount /mnt/btrfs-test
+
+dmsetup remove log
+replay-log --log /dev/sdc --replay /dev/sdb --end-mark fsync
+mount /dev/sdb /mnt/btrfs-test
+md5sum /mnt/btrfs-test/foo
+<verify md5sum's are correct>
+
+Another option is to do a complicated file system operation and verify the file
+system is consistent during the entire operation.  You could do this with:
+
+TABLE="0 $(blockdev --getsz /dev/sdb) log-writes /dev/sdb /dev/sdc"
+dmsetup create log --table "$TABLE"
+mkfs.btrfs -f /dev/mapper/log
+dmsetup message log 0 mark mkfs
+
+mount /dev/mapper/log /mnt/btrfs-test
+<fsstress to dirty the fs>
+btrfs filesystem balance /mnt/btrfs-test
+umount /mnt/btrfs-test
+dmsetup remove log
+
+replay-log --log /dev/sdc --replay /dev/sdb --end-mark mkfs
+btrfsck /dev/sdb
+replay-log --log /dev/sdc --replay /dev/sdb --start-mark mkfs \
+	--fsck "btrfsck /dev/sdb" --check fua
+
+And that will replay the log until it sees a FUA request, run the fsck command
+and if the fsck passes it will replay to the next FUA, until it is completed or
+the fsck command exists abnormally.
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt
index 8897d04..424835e 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
 Using this device-mapper switch target we can now build a two-layer
 device hierarchy:
 
-    Upper Tier – Determine which array member the I/O should be sent to.
-    Lower Tier – Load balance amongst paths to a particular member.
+    Upper Tier - Determine which array member the I/O should be sent to.
+    Lower Tier - Load balance amongst paths to a particular member.
 
 The lower tier consists of a single dm multipath device for each member.
 Each of these multipath devices contains the set of paths directly to
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt
index 2f51735..4f67578 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt
@@ -380,9 +380,6 @@
 load a target that is bigger than before, then extra blocks will be
 provisioned as and when needed.
 
-If you wish to reduce the size of your thin device and potentially
-regain some space then send the 'trim' message to the pool.
-
 ii) Status
 
      <nr mapped sectors> <highest mapped sector>
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt
index 9884681..e15bc1a 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     <data_block_size> <hash_block_size>
     <num_data_blocks> <hash_start_block>
     <algorithm> <digest> <salt>
+    [<#opt_params> <opt_params>]
 
 <version>
     This is the type of the on-disk hash format.
@@ -62,6 +63,22 @@
 <salt>
     The hexadecimal encoding of the salt value.
 
+<#opt_params>
+    Number of optional parameters. If there are no optional parameters,
+    the optional paramaters section can be skipped or #opt_params can be zero.
+    Otherwise #opt_params is the number of following arguments.
+
+    Example of optional parameters section:
+        1 ignore_corruption
+
+ignore_corruption
+    Log corrupted blocks, but allow read operations to proceed normally.
+
+restart_on_corruption
+    Restart the system when a corrupted block is discovered. This option is
+    not compatible with ignore_corruption and requires user space support to
+    avoid restart loops.
+
 Theory of operation
 ===================
 
@@ -125,7 +142,7 @@
 
 The full specification of kernel parameters and on-disk metadata format
 is available at the cryptsetup project's wiki page
-  http://code.google.com/p/cryptsetup/wiki/DMVerity
+  https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/DMVerity
 
 Status
 ======
@@ -142,7 +159,7 @@
 
 A command line tool veritysetup is available to compute or verify
 the hash tree or activate the kernel device. This is available from
-the cryptsetup upstream repository http://code.google.com/p/cryptsetup/
+the cryptsetup upstream repository https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/
 (as a libcryptsetup extension).
 
 Create hash on the device:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pct.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pct.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b95884
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pct.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+* ARC Performance Counters
+
+The ARC700 can be configured with a pipeline performance monitor for counting
+CPU and cache events like cache misses and hits. Like conventional PCT there
+are 100+ hardware conditions dynamically mapped to upto 32 counters
+
+Note that:
+ * The ARC 700 PCT does not support interrupts; although HW events may be
+   counted, the HW events themselves cannot serve as a trigger for a sample.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : should contain
+	"snps,arc700-pct"
+
+Example:
+
+pmu {
+        compatible = "snps,arc700-pct";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pmu.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 49d5173..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pmu.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-* ARC Performance Monitor Unit
-
-The ARC 700 can be configured with a pipeline performance monitor for counting
-CPU and cache events like cache misses and hits.
-
-Note that:
- * ARC 700 refers to a family of ARC processor cores;
-   - There is only one type of PMU available for the whole family;
-   - The PMU may support different sets of events; supported events are probed
-     at boot time, as required by the reference manual.
-
- * The ARC 700 PMU does not support interrupts; although HW events may be
-   counted, the HW events themselves cannot serve as a trigger for a sample.
-
-Required properties:
-
-- compatible : should contain
-	"snps,arc700-pmu"
-
-Example:
-
-pmu {
-        compatible = "snps,arc700-pmu";
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f404a4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+Annapurna Labs Alpine Platform Device Tree Bindings
+---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Boards in the Alpine family shall have the following properties:
+
+* Required root node properties:
+compatible: must contain "al,alpine"
+
+* Example:
+
+/ {
+	model = "Annapurna Labs Alpine Dev Board";
+	compatible = "al,alpine";
+
+	...
+}
+
+* CPU node:
+
+The Alpine platform includes cortex-a15 cores.
+enable-method: must be "al,alpine-smp" to allow smp  [1]
+
+Example:
+
+cpus {
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	enable-method = "al,alpine-smp";
+
+	cpu@0 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		reg = <0>;
+	};
+
+	cpu@1 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		reg = <1>;
+	};
+
+	cpu@2 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		reg = <2>;
+	};
+
+	cpu@3 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		reg = <3>;
+	};
+};
+
+
+* Alpine CPU resume registers
+
+The CPU resume register are used to define required resume address after
+reset.
+
+Properties:
+- compatible : Should contain "al,alpine-cpu-resume".
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+
+Example:
+
+cpu_resume {
+	compatible = "al,alpine-cpu-resume";
+	reg = <0xfbff5ed0 0x30>;
+};
+
+* Alpine System-Fabric Service Registers
+
+The System-Fabric Service Registers allow various operation on CPU and
+system fabric, like powering CPUs off.
+
+Properties:
+- compatible : Should contain "al,alpine-sysfabric-service" and "syscon".
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+
+Example:
+
+nb_service {
+        compatible = "al,alpine-sysfabric-service", "syscon";
+        reg = <0xfb070000 0x10000>;
+};
+
+[1] arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..558735a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+Altera's SoCFPGA platform device tree bindings
+---------------------------------------------
+
+Boards with Cyclone 5 SoC:
+Required root node properties:
+compatible = "altr,socfpga-cyclone5", "altr,socfpga";
+
+Boards with Arria 5 SoC:
+Required root node properties:
+compatible = "altr,socfpga-arria5", "altr,socfpga";
+
+Boards with Arria 10 SoC:
+Required root node properties:
+compatible = "altr,socfpga-arria10", "altr,socfpga";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
index 8fe8150..973884a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
@@ -8,3 +8,7 @@
 Boards with the Amlogic Meson8 SoC shall have the following properties:
   Required root node property:
     compatible: "amlogic,meson8";
+
+Board compatible values:
+  - "geniatech,atv1200"
+  - "minix,neo-x8"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt
index 256b4d8..e774128 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt
@@ -17,7 +17,10 @@
 - interrupts : Interrupt list for secure, non-secure, virtual and
   hypervisor timers, in that order.
 
-- clock-frequency : The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Optional.
+- clock-frequency : The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Should be present
+  only where necessary to work around broken firmware which does not configure
+  CNTFRQ on all CPUs to a uniform correct value. Use of this property is
+  strongly discouraged; fix your firmware unless absolutely impossible.
 
 - always-on : a boolean property. If present, the timer is powered through an
   always-on power domain, therefore it never loses context.
@@ -46,7 +49,8 @@
 
 - compatible : Should at least contain "arm,armv7-timer-mem".
 
-- clock-frequency : The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Optional.
+- clock-frequency : The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Should be present
+  only when firmware has not configured the MMIO CNTFRQ registers.
 
 - reg : The control frame base address.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-39x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-39x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53d4ff9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-39x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Marvell Armada 39x Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+-------------------------------------------------
+
+Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Armada 39x family shall have the
+following property:
+
+Required root node property:
+
+ - compatible: must contain "marvell,armada390"
+
+In addition, boards using the Marvell Armada 398 SoC shall have the
+following property before the previous one:
+
+Required root node property:
+
+compatible: must contain "marvell,armada398"
+
+Example:
+
+compatible = "marvell,a398-db", "marvell,armada398", "marvell,armada390";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
index ad319f8..2e99b5b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
@@ -46,10 +46,12 @@
   shared across all System Controller members.
 
 System Timer (ST) required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-st"
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-st", "syscon", "simple-mfd"
 - reg: Should contain registers location and length
 - interrupts: Should contain interrupt for the ST which is the IRQ line
   shared across all System Controller members.
+Its subnodes can be:
+- watchdog: compatible should be "atmel,at91rm9200-wdt"
 
 TC/TCLIB Timer required properties:
 - compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-tcb".
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm11351.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm11351.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm21664.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm21664.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm21664.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm21664.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm2835.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm2835.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm4708.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm4708.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm4708.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm4708.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm63138.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm63138.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm63138.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm63138.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/brcm-brcmstb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,brcmstb.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/brcm-brcmstb.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,brcmstb.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/cygnus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,cygnus.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/cygnus.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,cygnus.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt
index f28d82b..3c5c631 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt
@@ -94,8 +94,11 @@
 		- compatible
 			Usage: required
 			Value type: <string>
-			Definition: must be "arm,cci-400-pmu"
-
+			Definition: Must contain one of:
+				 "arm,cci-400-pmu,r0"
+				 "arm,cci-400-pmu,r1"
+				 "arm,cci-400-pmu"  - DEPRECATED, permitted only where OS has
+						      secure acces to CCI registers
 		- reg:
 			Usage: required
 			Value type: Integer cells. A register entry, expressed
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
index a308935..88602b7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
@@ -61,7 +61,6 @@
 		compatible = "arm,coresight-etb10", "arm,primecell";
 		reg = <0 0x20010000 0 0x1000>;
 
-		coresight-default-sink;
 		clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
 		port {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2e0cc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+========================================================
+Secondary CPU enable-method "al,alpine-smp" binding
+========================================================
+
+This document describes the "al,alpine-smp" method for
+enabling secondary CPUs. To apply to all CPUs, a single
+"al,alpine-smp" enable method should be defined in the
+"cpus" node.
+
+Enable method name:	"al,alpine-smp"
+Compatible machines:	"al,alpine"
+Compatible CPUs:	"arm,cortex-a15"
+Related properties:	(none)
+
+Note:
+This enable method requires valid nodes compatible with
+"al,alpine-cpu-resume" and "al,alpine-nb-service"[1].
+
+Example:
+
+cpus {
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	enable-method = "al,alpine-smp";
+
+	cpu@0 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		reg = <0>;
+	};
+
+	cpu@1 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		reg = <1>;
+	};
+
+	cpu@2 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		reg = <2>;
+	};
+
+	cpu@3 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		reg = <3>;
+	};
+};
+
+--
+[1] arm/al,alpine.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
index 8b9e0a9..6aa331d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
@@ -192,6 +192,7 @@
 			    "brcm,brahma-b15"
 			    "marvell,armada-375-smp"
 			    "marvell,armada-380-smp"
+			    "marvell,armada-390-smp"
 			    "marvell,armada-xp-smp"
 			    "qcom,gcc-msm8660"
 			    "qcom,kpss-acc-v1"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt
index 1e09703..5da38c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt
@@ -22,6 +22,9 @@
 	- pclkN, clkN: Pairs of parent of input clock and input clock to the
 		devices in this power domain. Maximum of 4 pairs (N = 0 to 3)
 		are supported currently.
+	- asbN: Clocks required by asynchronous bridges (ASB) present in
+		the power domain. These clock should be enabled during power
+		domain on/off operations.
 - power-domains: phandle pointing to the parent power domain, for more details
 		 see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,vf610-mscm-cpucfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,vf610-mscm-cpucfg.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44aa3c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,vf610-mscm-cpucfg.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+Freescale Vybrid Miscellaneous System Control - CPU Configuration
+
+The MSCM IP contains multiple sub modules, this binding describes the first
+block of registers which contains CPU configuration information.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:	"fsl,vf610-mscm-cpucfg", "syscon"
+- reg:		the register range of the MSCM CPU configuration registers
+
+Example:
+	mscm_cpucfg: cpucfg@40001000 {
+		compatible = "fsl,vf610-mscm-cpucfg", "syscon";
+		reg = <0x40001000 0x800>;
+	}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,vf610-mscm-ir.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,vf610-mscm-ir.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..669808b2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,vf610-mscm-ir.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+Freescale Vybrid Miscellaneous System Control - Interrupt Router
+
+The MSCM IP contains multiple sub modules, this binding describes the second
+block of registers which control the interrupt router. The interrupt router
+allows to configure the recipient of each peripheral interrupt. Furthermore
+it controls the directed processor interrupts. The module is available in all
+Vybrid SoC's but is only really useful in dual core configurations (VF6xx
+which comes with a Cortex-A5/Cortex-M4 combination).
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:		"fsl,vf610-mscm-ir"
+- reg:			the register range of the MSCM Interrupt Router
+- fsl,cpucfg:		The handle to the MSCM CPU configuration node, required
+			to get the current CPU ID
+- interrupt-controller:	Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells:	Two cells, interrupt number and cells.
+			The hardware interrupt number according to interrupt
+			assignment of the interrupt router is required.
+			Flags get passed only when using GIC as parent. Flags
+			encoding as documented by the GIC bindings.
+- interrupt-parent:	Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller of
+			the CPU the device tree is intended to be used on. This
+			is either the node of the GIC or NVIC controller.
+
+Example:
+	mscm_ir: interrupt-controller@40001800 {
+		compatible = "fsl,vf610-mscm-ir";
+		reg = <0x40001800 0x400>;
+		fsl,cpucfg = <&mscm_cpucfg>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+	}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/geniatech.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/geniatech.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 74ccba4..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/geniatech.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-Geniatech platforms device tree bindings
--------------------------------------------
-
-Geniatech ATV1200
-    - compatible = "geniatech,atv1200"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
index c97484b..2da059a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
@@ -18,6 +18,8 @@
 	"arm,arm11mp-gic"
 	"brcm,brahma-b15-gic"
 	"arm,arm1176jzf-devchip-gic"
+	"qcom,msm-8660-qgic"
+	"qcom,msm-qgic2"
 - interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
 - #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
   interrupt source.  The type shall be a <u32> and the value shall be 3.
@@ -56,11 +58,6 @@
   regions, used when the GIC doesn't have banked registers. The offset is
   cpu-offset * cpu-nr.
 
-- arm,routable-irqs : Total number of gic irq inputs which are not directly
-		  connected from the peripherals, but are routed dynamically
-		  by a crossbar/multiplexer preceding the GIC. The GIC irq
-		  input line is assigned dynamically when the corresponding
-		  peripheral's crossbar line is mapped.
 Example:
 
 	intc: interrupt-controller@fff11000 {
@@ -68,7 +65,6 @@
 		#interrupt-cells = <3>;
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		interrupt-controller;
-		arm,routable-irqs = <160>;
 		reg = <0xfff11000 0x1000>,
 		      <0xfff10100 0x100>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt
index 925ecbf..4f40ff3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt
@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@
 "lacie,cloudbox"
 "lacie,inetspace_v2"
 "lacie,laplug"
+"lacie,nas2big"
 "lacie,netspace_lite_v2"
 "lacie,netspace_max_v2"
 "lacie,netspace_mini_v2"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,idle-state.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,idle-state.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06df04c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,idle-state.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+QCOM Idle States for cpuidle driver
+
+ARM provides idle-state node to define the cpuidle states, as defined in [1].
+cpuidle-qcom is the cpuidle driver for Qualcomm SoCs and uses these idle
+states. Idle states have different enter/exit latency and residency values.
+The idle states supported by the QCOM SoC are defined as -
+
+    * Standby
+    * Retention
+    * Standalone Power Collapse (Standalone PC or SPC)
+    * Power Collapse (PC)
+
+Standby: Standby does a little more in addition to architectural clock gating.
+When the WFI instruction is executed the ARM core would gate its internal
+clocks. In addition to gating the clocks, QCOM cpus use this instruction as a
+trigger to execute the SPM state machine. The SPM state machine waits for the
+interrupt to trigger the core back in to active. This triggers the cache
+hierarchy to enter standby states, when all cpus are idle. An interrupt brings
+the SPM state machine out of its wait, the next step is to ensure that the
+cache hierarchy is also out of standby, and then the cpu is allowed to resume
+execution. This state is defined as a generic ARM WFI state by the ARM cpuidle
+driver and is not defined in the DT. The SPM state machine should be
+configured to execute this state by default and after executing every other
+state below.
+
+Retention: Retention is a low power state where the core is clock gated and
+the memory and the registers associated with the core are retained. The
+voltage may be reduced to the minimum value needed to keep the processor
+registers active. The SPM should be configured to execute the retention
+sequence and would wait for interrupt, before restoring the cpu to execution
+state. Retention may have a slightly higher latency than Standby.
+
+Standalone PC: A cpu can power down and warmboot if there is a sufficient time
+between the time it enters idle and the next known wake up. SPC mode is used
+to indicate a core entering a power down state without consulting any other
+cpu or the system resources. This helps save power only on that core.  The SPM
+sequence for this idle state is programmed to power down the supply to the
+core, wait for the interrupt, restore power to the core, and ensure the
+system state including cache hierarchy is ready before allowing core to
+resume. Applying power and resetting the core causes the core to warmboot
+back into Elevation Level (EL) which trampolines the control back to the
+kernel. Entering a power down state for the cpu, needs to be done by trapping
+into a EL. Failing to do so, would result in a crash enforced by the warm boot
+code in the EL for the SoC. On SoCs with write-back L1 cache, the cache has to
+be flushed in s/w, before powering down the core.
+
+Power Collapse: This state is similar to the SPC mode, but distinguishes
+itself in that the cpu acknowledges and permits the SoC to enter deeper sleep
+modes. In a hierarchical power domain SoC, this means L2 and other caches can
+be flushed, system bus, clocks - lowered, and SoC main XO clock gated and
+voltages reduced, provided all cpus enter this state.  Since the span of low
+power modes possible at this state is vast, the exit latency and the residency
+of this low power mode would be considered high even though at a cpu level,
+this essentially is cpu power down. The SPM in this state also may handshake
+with the Resource power manager (RPM) processor in the SoC to indicate a
+complete application processor subsystem shut down.
+
+The idle-state for QCOM SoCs are distinguished by the compatible property of
+the idle-states device node.
+
+The devicetree representation of the idle state should be -
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Must be one of -
+			"qcom,idle-state-ret",
+			"qcom,idle-state-spc",
+			"qcom,idle-state-pc",
+		and "arm,idle-state".
+
+Other required and optional properties are specified in [1].
+
+Example:
+
+	idle-states {
+		CPU_SPC: spc {
+			compatible = "qcom,idle-state-spc", "arm,idle-state";
+			entry-latency-us = <150>;
+			exit-latency-us = <200>;
+			min-residency-us = <2000>;
+		};
+	};
+
+[1]. Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt
index 1505fb8..ae4afc6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt
@@ -2,22 +2,31 @@
 
 The SAW2 is a wrapper around the Subsystem Power Manager (SPM) and the
 Adaptive Voltage Scaling (AVS) hardware. The SPM is a programmable
-micro-controller that transitions a piece of hardware (like a processor or
+power-controller that transitions a piece of hardware (like a processor or
 subsystem) into and out of low power modes via a direct connection to
 the PMIC. It can also be wired up to interact with other processors in the
 system, notifying them when a low power state is entered or exited.
 
+Multiple revisions of the SAW hardware are supported using these Device Nodes.
+SAW2 revisions differ in the register offset and configuration data. Also, the
+same revision of the SAW in different SoCs may have different configuration
+data due the the differences in hardware capabilities. Hence the SoC name, the
+version of the SAW hardware in that SoC and the distinction between cpu (big
+or Little) or cache, may be needed to uniquely identify the SAW register
+configuration and initialization data. The compatible string is used to
+indicate this parameter.
+
 PROPERTIES
 
 - compatible:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <string>
-	Definition: shall contain "qcom,saw2". A more specific value should be
-		    one of:
-			 "qcom,saw2-v1"
-			 "qcom,saw2-v1.1"
-			 "qcom,saw2-v2"
-			 "qcom,saw2-v2.1"
+	Definition: Must have
+			"qcom,saw2"
+		    A more specific value could be one of:
+			"qcom,apq8064-saw2-v1.1-cpu"
+			"qcom,msm8974-saw2-v2.1-cpu"
+			"qcom,apq8084-saw2-v2.1-cpu"
 
 - reg:
 	Usage: required
@@ -26,10 +35,23 @@
 		    the register region. An optional second element specifies
 		    the base address and size of the alias register region.
 
+- regulator:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: boolean
+	Definition: Indicates that this SPM device acts as a regulator device
+			device for the core (CPU or Cache) the SPM is attached
+			to.
 
-Example:
+Example 1:
 
-	regulator@2099000 {
+	power-controller@2099000 {
 		compatible = "qcom,saw2";
 		reg = <0x02099000 0x1000>, <0x02009000 0x1000>;
+		regulator;
+	};
+
+Example 2:
+	saw0: power-controller@f9089000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,apq8084-saw2-v2.1-cpu", "qcom,saw2";
+		reg = <0xf9089000 0x1000>, <0xf9009000 0x1000>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt
index 74607b6..5e10c34 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt
@@ -9,11 +9,17 @@
                "qcom,scss-timer" - scorpion subsystem
 
 - interrupts : Interrupts for the debug timer, the first general purpose
-               timer, and optionally a second general purpose timer in that
-               order.
+               timer, and optionally a second general purpose timer, and
+               optionally as well, 2 watchdog interrupts, in that order.
 
 - reg : Specifies the base address of the timer registers.
 
+- clocks: Reference to the parent clocks, one per output clock. The parents
+          must appear in the same order as the clock names.
+
+- clock-names: The name of the clocks as free-form strings. They should be in
+               the same order as the clocks.
+
 - clock-frequency : The frequency of the debug timer and the general purpose
                     timer(s) in Hz in that order.
 
@@ -29,9 +35,13 @@
                compatible = "qcom,scss-timer", "qcom,msm-timer";
                interrupts = <1 1 0x301>,
                             <1 2 0x301>,
-                            <1 3 0x301>;
+                            <1 3 0x301>,
+                            <1 4 0x301>,
+                            <1 5 0x301>;
                reg = <0x0200a000 0x100>;
                clock-frequency = <19200000>,
                                  <32768>;
+               clocks = <&sleep_clk>;
+               clock-names = "sleep";
                cpu-offset = <0x40000>;
        };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt
index 4139db3..a9b28d7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt
@@ -9,7 +9,9 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible : Should be "ti,irq-crossbar"
 - reg: Base address and the size of the crossbar registers.
-- ti,max-irqs: Total number of irqs available at the interrupt controller.
+- interrupt-controller: indicates that this block is an interrupt controller.
+- interrupt-parent: the interrupt controller this block is connected to.
+- ti,max-irqs: Total number of irqs available at the parent interrupt controller.
 - ti,max-crossbar-sources: Maximum number of crossbar sources that can be routed.
 - ti,reg-size: Size of a individual register in bytes. Every individual
 	    register is assumed to be of same size. Valid sizes are 1, 2, 4.
@@ -27,13 +29,13 @@
   when the interrupt controller irq is unused (when not provided, default is 0)
 
 Examples:
-		crossbar_mpu: @4a020000 {
+		crossbar_mpu: crossbar@4a002a48 {
 			compatible = "ti,irq-crossbar";
 			reg = <0x4a002a48 0x130>;
 			ti,max-irqs = <160>;
 			ti,max-crossbar-sources = <400>;
 			ti,reg-size = <2>;
-			ti,irqs-reserved = <0 1 2 3 5 6 131 132 139 140>;
+			ti,irqs-reserved = <0 1 2 3 5 6 131 132>;
 			ti,irqs-skip = <10 133 139 140>;
 		};
 
@@ -44,10 +46,6 @@
 
 An interrupt consumer on an SoC using crossbar will use:
 	interrupts = <GIC_SPI request_number interrupt_level>
-When the request number is between 0 to that described by
-"ti,max-crossbar-sources", it is assumed to be a crossbar mapping. If the
-request_number is greater than "ti,max-crossbar-sources", then it is mapped as a
-quirky hardware mapping direct to GIC.
 
 Example:
 	device_x@0x4a023000 {
@@ -55,9 +53,3 @@
 		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 8 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
 		...
 	};
-
-	device_y@0x4a033000 {
-		/* Direct mapped GIC SPI 1 used */
-		interrupts = <GIC_SPI DIRECT_IRQ(1) IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-		...
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/ctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/ctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a4e590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/ctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+OMAP Control Module bindings
+
+Control Module contains miscellaneous features under it based on SoC type.
+Pincontrol is one common feature, and it has a specialized support
+described in [1]. Typically some clock nodes are also under control module.
+Syscon is used to share register level access to drivers external to
+control module driver itself.
+
+See [2] for documentation about clock/clockdomain nodes.
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/*
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:	Must be one of:
+		"ti,am3-scm"
+		"ti,am4-scm"
+		"ti,dm814-scrm"
+		"ti,dm816-scrm"
+		"ti,omap2-scm"
+		"ti,omap3-scm"
+		"ti,omap4-scm-core"
+		"ti,omap4-scm-padconf-core"
+		"ti,omap5-scm-core"
+		"ti,omap5-scm-padconf-core"
+		"ti,dra7-scm-core"
+- reg:		Contains Control Module register address range
+		(base address and length)
+
+Optional properties:
+- clocks:	clocks for this module
+- clockdomains:	clockdomains for this module
+
+Examples:
+
+scm: scm@2000 {
+	compatible = "ti,omap3-scm", "simple-bus";
+	reg = <0x2000 0x2000>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <1>;
+	ranges = <0 0x2000 0x2000>;
+
+	omap3_pmx_core: pinmux@30 {
+		compatible = "ti,omap3-padconf",
+			     "pinctrl-single";
+		reg = <0x30 0x230>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		pinctrl-single,register-width = <16>;
+		pinctrl-single,function-mask = <0xff1f>;
+	};
+
+	scm_conf: scm_conf@270 {
+		compatible = "syscon";
+		reg = <0x270 0x330>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+
+		scm_clocks: clocks {
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+		};
+	};
+
+	scm_clockdomains: clockdomains {
+	};
+}
+
+&scm_clocks {
+	mcbsp5_mux_fck: mcbsp5_mux_fck {
+		#clock-cells = <0>;
+		compatible = "ti,composite-mux-clock";
+		clocks = <&core_96m_fck>, <&mcbsp_clks>;
+		ti,bit-shift = <4>;
+		reg = <0x02d8>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l4.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4f8a16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l4.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+L4 interconnect bindings
+
+These bindings describe the OMAP SoCs L4 interconnect bus.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "ti,omap2-l4" for OMAP2 family l4 core bus
+	       Should be "ti,omap2-l4-wkup" for OMAP2 family l4 wkup bus
+	       Should be "ti,omap3-l4-core" for OMAP3 family l4 core bus
+	       Should be "ti,omap4-l4-cfg" for OMAP4 family l4 cfg bus
+	       Should be "ti,omap4-l4-wkup" for OMAP4 family l4 wkup bus
+	       Should be "ti,omap5-l4-cfg" for OMAP5 family l4 cfg bus
+	       Should be "ti,omap5-l4-wkup" for OMAP5 family l4 wkup bus
+	       Should be "ti,dra7-l4-cfg" for DRA7 family l4 cfg bus
+	       Should be "ti,dra7-l4-wkup" for DRA7 family l4 wkup bus
+	       Should be "ti,am3-l4-wkup" for AM33xx family l4 wkup bus
+	       Should be "ti,am4-l4-wkup" for AM43xx family l4 wkup bus
+- ranges : contains the IO map range for the bus
+
+Examples:
+
+l4: l4@48000000 {
+	compatible "ti,omap2-l4", "simple-bus";
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <1>;
+	ranges = <0 0x48000000 0x100000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt
index 79074da..3eb6d7a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt
@@ -10,14 +10,10 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible:	Must be one of:
 		"ti,am3-prcm"
-		"ti,am3-scrm"
 		"ti,am4-prcm"
-		"ti,am4-scrm"
 		"ti,omap2-prcm"
-		"ti,omap2-scrm"
 		"ti,omap3-prm"
 		"ti,omap3-cm"
-		"ti,omap3-scrm"
 		"ti,omap4-cm1"
 		"ti,omap4-prm"
 		"ti,omap4-cm2"
@@ -29,6 +25,8 @@
 		"ti,dra7-prm"
 		"ti,dra7-cm-core-aon"
 		"ti,dra7-cm-core"
+		"ti,dm814-prcm"
+		"ti,dm816-prcm"
 - reg:		Contains PRCM module register address range
 		(base address and length)
 - clocks:	clocks for this module
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt
index 75ef91d..3b5f5d1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt
@@ -18,12 +18,21 @@
 	"arm,arm11mpcore-pmu"
 	"arm,arm1176-pmu"
 	"arm,arm1136-pmu"
+	"qcom,scorpion-pmu"
+	"qcom,scorpion-mp-pmu"
 	"qcom,krait-pmu"
 - interrupts : 1 combined interrupt or 1 per core. If the interrupt is a per-cpu
                interrupt (PPI) then 1 interrupt should be specified.
 
 Optional properties:
 
+- interrupt-affinity : Valid only when using SPIs, specifies a list of phandles
+                       to CPU nodes corresponding directly to the affinity of
+		       the SPIs listed in the interrupts property.
+
+		       This property should be present when there is more than
+		       a single SPI.
+
 - qcom,no-pc-write : Indicates that this PMU doesn't support the 0xc and 0xd
                      events.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt
index 6809e4e..60d4a1e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt
@@ -22,3 +22,7 @@
       - compatible = "firefly,firefly-rk3288", "rockchip,rk3288";
     or
       - compatible = "firefly,firefly-rk3288-beta", "rockchip,rk3288";
+
+- ChipSPARK PopMetal-RK3288 board:
+    Required root node properties:
+      - compatible = "chipspark,popmetal-rk3288", "rockchip,rk3288";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt
index 67b2113..2d6356d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt
@@ -29,10 +29,27 @@
  - clocks : list of phandles and specifiers to all input clocks listed in
 		clock-names property.
 
+Optional properties:
+
+Some PMUs are capable of behaving as an interrupt controller (mostly
+to wake up a suspended PMU). In which case, they can have the
+following properties:
+
+- interrupt-controller: indicate that said PMU is an interrupt controller
+
+- #interrupt-cells: must be identical to the that of the parent interrupt
+  controller.
+
+- interrupt-parent: a phandle indicating which interrupt controller
+  this PMU signals interrupts to.
+
 Example :
 pmu_system_controller: system-controller@10040000 {
 	compatible = "samsung,exynos5250-pmu", "syscon";
 	reg = <0x10040000 0x5000>;
+	interrupt-controller;
+	#interrupt-cells = <3>;
+	interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
 	#clock-cells = <1>;
 	clock-names = "clkout0", "clkout1", "clkout2", "clkout3",
 			"clkout4", "clkout8", "clkout9";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt
index 51147cb..c4f19b2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt
@@ -7,8 +7,6 @@
     compatible = "renesas,emev2"
   - RZ/A1H (R7S72100)
     compatible = "renesas,r7s72100"
-  - SH-Mobile AP4 (R8A73720/SH7372)
-    compatible = "renesas,sh7372"
   - SH-Mobile AG5 (R8A73A00/SH73A0)
     compatible = "renesas,sh73a0"
   - R-Mobile APE6 (R8A73A40)
@@ -37,8 +35,6 @@
     compatible = "renesas,alt", "renesas,r8a7794"
   - APE6-EVM
     compatible = "renesas,ape6evm", "renesas,r8a73a4"
-  - APE6-EVM - Reference Device Tree Implementation
-    compatible = "renesas,ape6evm-reference", "renesas,r8a73a4"
   - Atmark Techno Armadillo-800 EVA
     compatible = "renesas,armadillo800eva"
   - BOCK-W
@@ -57,12 +53,8 @@
     compatible = "renesas,kzm9d", "renesas,emev2"
   - Kyoto Microcomputer Co. KZM-A9-GT
     compatible = "renesas,kzm9g", "renesas,sh73a0"
-  - Kyoto Microcomputer Co. KZM-A9-GT - Reference Device Tree Implementation
-    compatible = "renesas,kzm9g-reference", "renesas,sh73a0"
   - Lager (RTP0RC7790SEB00010S)
     compatible = "renesas,lager", "renesas,r8a7790"
-  - Mackerel (R0P7372LC0016RL, AP4 EVM 2nd)
-    compatible = "renesas,mackerel"
   - Marzen
     compatible = "renesas,marzen", "renesas,r8a7779"
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-ahb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-ahb.txt
index 067c979..9a4295b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-ahb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-ahb.txt
@@ -5,9 +5,12 @@
   Tegra30, must contain "nvidia,tegra30-ahb".  Otherwise, must contain
   '"nvidia,<chip>-ahb", "nvidia,tegra30-ahb"' where <chip> is tegra124,
   tegra132, or tegra210.
-- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length)
+- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length).  For
+  Tegra20, Tegra30, and Tegra114 chips, the value must be <0x6000c004
+  0x10c>.  For Tegra124, Tegra132 and Tegra210 chips, the value should
+  be be <0x6000c000 0x150>.
 
-Example:
+Example (for a Tegra20 chip):
 	ahb: ahb@6000c004 {
 		compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-ahb";
 		reg = <0x6000c004 0x10c>; /* AHB Arbitration + Gizmo Controller */
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra30-actmon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra30-actmon.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea670a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra30-actmon.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra Activity Monitor
+
+The activity monitor block collects statistics about the behaviour of other
+components in the system. This information can be used to derive the rate at
+which the external memory needs to be clocked in order to serve all requests
+from the monitored clients.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "nvidia,tegra<chip>-actmon"
+- reg: offset and length of the register set for the device
+- interrupts: standard interrupt property
+- clocks: Must contain a phandle and clock specifier pair for each entry in
+clock-names. See ../../clock/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- clock-names: Must include the following entries:
+  - actmon
+  - emc
+- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. See
+../../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+  - actmon
+
+Example:
+	actmon@6000c800 {
+		compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-actmon";
+		reg = <0x0 0x6000c800 0x0 0x400>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 45 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_ACTMON>,
+			 <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_EMC>;
+		clock-names = "actmon", "emc";
+		resets = <&tegra_car 119>;
+		reset-names = "actmon";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-st.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-st.txt
index 0574a77..e1d01df 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-st.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-st.txt
@@ -3,29 +3,48 @@
 This binding describes a SATA device.
 
 Required properties:
- - compatible	   : Must be "st,sti-ahci"
+ - compatible	   : Must be "st,ahci"
  - reg		   : Physical base addresses and length of register sets
  - interrupts	   : Interrupt associated with the SATA device
  - interrupt-names :   Associated name must be; "hostc"
- - resets	   : The power-down and soft-reset lines of SATA IP
- - reset-names	   :   Associated names must be; "pwr-dwn" and "sw-rst"
  - clocks	   : The phandle for the clock
  - clock-names	   :   Associated name must be; "ahci_clk"
- - phys		   : The phandle for the PHY device
+ - phys		   : The phandle for the PHY port
  - phy-names	   :   Associated name must be; "ahci_phy"
 
+Optional properties:
+ - resets	   : The power-down, soft-reset and power-reset lines of SATA IP
+ - reset-names	   :   Associated names must be; "pwr-dwn", "sw-rst" and "pwr-rst"
+
 Example:
 
+	/* Example for stih416 */
 	sata0: sata@fe380000 {
-		compatible      = "st,sti-ahci";
-		reg             = <0xfe380000 0x1000>;
-		interrupts      = <GIC_SPI 157 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>;
-		interrupt-names = "hostc";
-		phys	        = <&miphy365x_phy MIPHY_PORT_0 MIPHY_TYPE_SATA>;
-		phy-names       = "ahci_phy";
-		resets	        = <&powerdown STIH416_SATA0_POWERDOWN>,
+		compatible	= "st,ahci";
+		reg		= <0xfe380000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts	= <GIC_SPI 157 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>;
+		interrupt-names	= "hostc";
+		phys		= <&phy_port0 PHY_TYPE_SATA>;
+		phy-names	= "ahci_phy";
+		resets		= <&powerdown STIH416_SATA0_POWERDOWN>,
 				  <&softreset STIH416_SATA0_SOFTRESET>;
-		reset-names     = "pwr-dwn", "sw-rst";
-		clocks	        = <&clk_s_a0_ls CLK_ICN_REG>;
-		clock-names     = "ahci_clk";
+		reset-names	= "pwr-dwn", "sw-rst";
+		clocks		= <&clk_s_a0_ls CLK_ICN_REG>;
+		clock-names	= "ahci_clk";
+	};
+
+	/* Example for stih407 family silicon */
+	sata0: sata@9b20000 {
+		compatible	= "st,ahci";
+		reg		= <0x9b20000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts	= <GIC_SPI 159 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>;
+		interrupt-names	= "hostc";
+		phys		= <&phy_port0 PHY_TYPE_SATA>;
+		phy-names	= "ahci_phy";
+		resets		= <&powerdown STIH407_SATA0_POWERDOWN>,
+				  <&softreset STIH407_SATA0_SOFTRESET>,
+				  <&softreset STIH407_SATA0_PWR_SOFTRESET>;
+		reset-names	= "pwr-dwn", "sw-rst", "pwr-rst";
+		clocks		= <&clk_s_c0_flexgen CLK_ICN_REG>;
+		clock-names	= "ahci_clk";
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/bcma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/brcm,bus-axi.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/bcma.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/brcm,bus-axi.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/omap-ocp2scp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/omap-ocp2scp.txt
index 63dd805..18729f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/omap-ocp2scp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/omap-ocp2scp.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 * OMAP OCP2SCP - ocp interface to scp interface
 
 properties:
-- compatible : Should be "ti,omap-ocp2scp"
+- compatible : Should be "ti,am437x-ocp2scp" for AM437x processor
+	       Should be "ti,omap-ocp2scp" for all others
 - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device
 - #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes
 - ranges : the child address space are mapped 1:1 onto the parent address space
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/renesas,bsc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/renesas,bsc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90e9472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/renesas,bsc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+Renesas Bus State Controller (BSC)
+==================================
+
+The Renesas Bus State Controller (BSC, sometimes called "LBSC within Bus
+Bridge", or "External Bus Interface") can be found in several Renesas ARM SoCs.
+It provides an external bus for connecting multiple external devices to the
+SoC, driving several chip select lines, for e.g. NOR FLASH, Ethernet and USB.
+
+While the BSC is a fairly simple memory-mapped bus, it may be part of a PM
+domain, and may have a gateable functional clock.
+Before a device connected to the BSC can be accessed, the PM domain
+containing the BSC must be powered on, and the functional clock
+driving the BSC must be enabled.
+
+The bindings for the BSC extend the bindings for "simple-pm-bus".
+
+
+Required properties
+  - compatible: Must contain an SoC-specific value, and "renesas,bsc" and
+		"simple-pm-bus" as fallbacks.
+                SoC-specific values can be:
+		"renesas,bsc-r8a73a4" for R-Mobile APE6 (r8a73a4)
+		"renesas,bsc-sh73a0" for SH-Mobile AG5 (sh73a0)
+  - #address-cells, #size-cells, ranges: Must describe the mapping between
+		parent address and child address spaces.
+  - reg: Must contain the base address and length to access the bus controller.
+
+Optional properties:
+  - interrupts: Must contain a reference to the BSC interrupt, if available.
+  - clocks: Must contain a reference to the functional clock, if available.
+  - power-domains: Must contain a reference to the PM domain, if available.
+
+
+Example:
+
+	bsc: bus@fec10000 {
+		compatible = "renesas,bsc-sh73a0", "renesas,bsc",
+			     "simple-pm-bus";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ranges = <0 0 0x20000000>;
+		reg = <0xfec10000 0x400>;
+		interrupts = <0 39 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		clocks = <&zb_clk>;
+		power-domains = <&pd_a4s>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/simple-pm-bus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/simple-pm-bus.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d032237
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/simple-pm-bus.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+Simple Power-Managed Bus
+========================
+
+A Simple Power-Managed Bus is a transparent bus that doesn't need a real
+driver, as it's typically initialized by the boot loader.
+
+However, its bus controller is part of a PM domain, or under the control of a
+functional clock.  Hence, the bus controller's PM domain and/or clock must be
+enabled for child devices connected to the bus (either on-SoC or externally)
+to function.
+
+While "simple-pm-bus" follows the "simple-bus" set of properties, as specified
+in ePAPR, it is not an extension of "simple-bus".
+
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: Must contain at least "simple-pm-bus".
+		Must not contain "simple-bus".
+		It's recommended to let this be preceded by one or more
+		vendor-specific compatible values.
+  - #address-cells, #size-cells, ranges: Must describe the mapping between
+		parent address and child address spaces.
+
+Optional platform-specific properties for clock or PM domain control (at least
+one of them is required):
+  - clocks: Must contain a reference to the functional clock(s),
+  - power-domains: Must contain a reference to the PM domain.
+Please refer to the binding documentation for the clock and/or PM domain
+providers for more details.
+
+
+Example:
+
+	bsc: bus@fec10000 {
+		compatible = "renesas,bsc-sh73a0", "renesas,bsc",
+			     "simple-pm-bus";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ranges = <0 0 0x20000000>;
+		reg = <0xfec10000 0x400>;
+		interrupts = <0 39 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		clocks = <&zb_clk>;
+		power-domains = <&pd_a4s>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-kona-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-kona-clock.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos3250-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos3250-clock.txt
index f57d9dd..f1738b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos3250-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos3250-clock.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,8 @@
   - "samsung,exynos3250-cmu" - controller compatible with Exynos3250 SoC.
   - "samsung,exynos3250-cmu-dmc" - controller compatible with
     Exynos3250 SoC for Dynamic Memory Controller domain.
+  - "samsung,exynos3250-cmu-isp" - ISP block clock controller compatible
+     with Exynos3250 SOC
 
 - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
   region.
@@ -36,6 +38,12 @@
 		#clock-cells = <1>;
 	};
 
+	cmu_isp: clock-controller@10048000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos3250-cmu-isp";
+		reg = <0x10048000 0x1000>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
 Example 2: UART controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock
 	   controller. Refer to the standard clock bindings for information
 	   about 'clocks' and 'clock-names' property.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5433-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5433-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63379b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5433-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,462 @@
+* Samsung Exynos5433 CMU (Clock Management Units)
+
+The Exynos5433 clock controller generates and supplies clock to various
+controllers within the Exynos5433 SoC.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: should be one of the following.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-top"   - clock controller compatible for CMU_TOP
+    which generates clocks for IMEM/FSYS/G3D/GSCL/HEVC/MSCL/G2D/MFC/PERIC/PERIS
+    domains and bus clocks.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cpif"  - clock controller compatible for CMU_CPIF
+    which generates clocks for LLI (Low Latency Interface) IP.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mif"   - clock controller compatible for CMU_MIF
+    which generates clocks for DRAM Memory Controller domain.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-peric" - clock controller compatible for CMU_PERIC
+    which generates clocks for UART/I2C/SPI/I2S/PCM/SPDIF/PWM/SLIMBUS IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-peris" - clock controller compatible for CMU_PERIS
+    which generates clocks for PMU/TMU/MCT/WDT/RTC/SECKEY/TZPC IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-fsys"  - clock controller compatible for CMU_FSYS
+    which generates clocks for USB/UFS/SDMMC/TSI/PDMA IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-g2d"   - clock controller compatible for CMU_G2D
+    which generates clocks for G2D/MDMA IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-disp"  - clock controller compatible for CMU_DISP
+    which generates clocks for Display (DECON/HDMI/DSIM/MIXER) IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-aud"   - clock controller compatible for CMU_AUD
+    which generates clocks for Cortex-A5/BUS/AUDIO clocks.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus0", "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus1"
+    and "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus2" - clock controller compatible for CMU_BUS
+    which generates global data buses clock and global peripheral buses clock.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-g3d"  - clock controller compatible for CMU_G3D
+    which generates clocks for 3D Graphics Engine IP.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-gscl"  - clock controller compatible for CMU_GSCL
+    which generates clocks for GSCALER IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-apollo"- clock controller compatible for CMU_APOLLO
+    which generates clocks for Cortex-A53 Quad-core processor.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-atlas" - clock controller compatible for CMU_ATLAS
+    which generates clocks for Cortex-A57 Quad-core processor, CoreSight and
+    L2 cache controller.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mscl" - clock controller compatible for CMU_MSCL
+    which generates clocks for M2M (Memory to Memory) scaler and JPEG IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mfc"  - clock controller compatible for CMU_MFC
+    which generates clocks for MFC(Multi-Format Codec) IP.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-hevc" - clock controller compatible for CMU_HEVC
+    which generates clocks for HEVC(High Efficiency Video Codec) decoder IP.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-isp" - clock controller compatible for CMU_ISP
+    which generates clocks for FIMC-ISP/DRC/SCLC/DIS/3DNR IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cam0" - clock controller compatible for CMU_CAM0
+    which generates clocks for MIPI_CSIS{0|1}/FIMC_LITE_{A|B|D}/FIMC_3AA{0|1}
+    IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cam1" - clock controller compatible for CMU_CAM1
+    which generates clocks for Cortex-A5/MIPI_CSIS2/FIMC-LITE_C/FIMC-FD IPs.
+
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+  region.
+
+- #clock-cells: should be 1.
+
+- clocks: list of the clock controller input clock identifiers,
+	from common clock bindings. Please refer the next section
+	to find the input clocks for a given controller.
+
+- clock-names: list of the clock controller input clock names,
+	as described in clock-bindings.txt.
+
+	Input clocks for top clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- sclk_mphy_pll
+		- sclk_mfc_pll
+		- sclk_bus_pll
+
+	Input clocks for cpif clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+
+	Input clocks for mif clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- sclk_mphy_pll
+
+	Input clocks for fsys clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- sclk_ufs_mphy
+		- div_aclk_fsys_200
+		- sclk_pcie_100_fsys
+		- sclk_ufsunipro_fsys
+		- sclk_mmc2_fsys
+		- sclk_mmc1_fsys
+		- sclk_mmc0_fsys
+		- sclk_usbhost30_fsys
+		- sclk_usbdrd30_fsys
+
+	Input clocks for g2d clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- aclk_g2d_266
+		- aclk_g2d_400
+
+	Input clocks for disp clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- sclk_dsim1_disp
+		- sclk_dsim0_disp
+		- sclk_dsd_disp
+		- sclk_decon_tv_eclk_disp
+		- sclk_decon_vclk_disp
+		- sclk_decon_eclk_disp
+		- sclk_decon_tv_vclk_disp
+		- aclk_disp_333
+
+	Input clocks for bus0 clock controller:
+		- aclk_bus0_400
+
+	Input clocks for bus1 clock controller:
+		- aclk_bus1_400
+
+	Input clocks for bus2 clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- aclk_bus2_400
+
+	Input clocks for g3d clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- aclk_g3d_400
+
+	Input clocks for gscl clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- aclk_gscl_111
+		- aclk_gscl_333
+
+	Input clocks for apollo clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- sclk_bus_pll_apollo
+
+	Input clocks for atlas clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- sclk_bus_pll_atlas
+
+	Input clocks for mscl clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- sclk_jpeg_mscl
+		- aclk_mscl_400
+
+	Input clocks for mfc clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- aclk_mfc_400
+
+	Input clocks for hevc clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- aclk_hevc_400
+
+	Input clocks for isp clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- aclk_isp_dis_400
+		- aclk_isp_400
+
+	Input clocks for cam0 clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- aclk_cam0_333
+		- aclk_cam0_400
+		- aclk_cam0_552
+
+	Input clocks for cam1 clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- sclk_isp_uart_cam1
+		- sclk_isp_spi1_cam1
+		- sclk_isp_spi0_cam1
+		- aclk_cam1_333
+		- aclk_cam1_400
+		- aclk_cam1_552
+
+Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier
+to specify the clock which they consume.
+
+All available clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in
+dt-bindings/clock/exynos5433.h header and can be used in device
+tree sources.
+
+Example 1: Examples of 'oscclk' source clock node are listed below.
+
+	xxti: xxti {
+		compatible = "fixed-clock";
+		clock-output-names = "oscclk";
+		#clock-cells = <0>;
+	};
+
+Example 2: Examples of clock controller nodes are listed below.
+
+	cmu_top: clock-controller@10030000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-top";
+		reg = <0x10030000 0x0c04>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"sclk_mphy_pll",
+			"sclk_mfc_pll",
+			"sclk_bus_pll";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_cpif CLK_SCLK_MPHY_PLL>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_MFC_PLL>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_BUS_PLL>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_cpif: clock-controller@10fc0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cpif";
+		reg = <0x10fc0000 0x0c04>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk";
+		clocks = <&xxti>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_mif: clock-controller@105b0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mif";
+		reg = <0x105b0000 0x100c>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"sclk_mphy_pll";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_cpif CLK_SCLK_MPHY_PLL>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_peric: clock-controller@14c80000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-peric";
+		reg = <0x14c80000 0x0b08>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_peris: clock-controller@10040000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-peris";
+		reg = <0x10040000 0x0b20>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_fsys: clock-controller@156e0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-fsys";
+		reg = <0x156e0000 0x0b04>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"sclk_ufs_mphy",
+			"div_aclk_fsys_200",
+			"sclk_pcie_100_fsys",
+			"sclk_ufsunipro_fsys",
+			"sclk_mmc2_fsys",
+			"sclk_mmc1_fsys",
+			"sclk_mmc0_fsys",
+			"sclk_usbhost30_fsys",
+			"sclk_usbdrd30_fsys";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_cpif CLK_SCLK_UFS_MPHY>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_DIV_ACLK_FSYS_200>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_PCIE_100_FSYS>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_UFSUNIPRO_FSYS>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_MMC2_FSYS>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_MMC1_FSYS>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_MMC0_FSYS>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_USBHOST30_FSYS>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_USBDRD30_FSYS>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_g2d: clock-controller@12460000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-g2d";
+		reg = <0x12460000 0x0b08>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"aclk_g2d_266",
+			"aclk_g2d_400";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_G2D_266>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_G2D_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_disp: clock-controller@13b90000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-disp";
+		reg = <0x13b90000 0x0c04>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"sclk_dsim1_disp",
+			"sclk_dsim0_disp",
+			"sclk_dsd_disp",
+			"sclk_decon_tv_eclk_disp",
+			"sclk_decon_vclk_disp",
+			"sclk_decon_eclk_disp",
+			"sclk_decon_tv_vclk_disp",
+			"aclk_disp_333";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DSIM1_DISP>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DSIM0_DISP>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DSD_DISP>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DECON_TV_ECLK_DISP>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DECON_VCLK_DISP>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DECON_ECLK_DISP>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DECON_TV_VCLK_DISP>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_ACLK_DISP_333>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_aud: clock-controller@114c0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-aud";
+		reg = <0x114c0000 0x0b04>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_bus0: clock-controller@13600000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus0";
+		reg = <0x13600000 0x0b04>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "aclk_bus0_400";
+		clocks = <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_BUS0_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_bus1: clock-controller@14800000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus1";
+		reg = <0x14800000 0x0b04>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "aclk_bus1_400";
+		clocks = <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_BUS1_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_bus2: clock-controller@13400000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus2";
+		reg = <0x13400000 0x0b04>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk", "aclk_bus2_400";
+		clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_mif CLK_ACLK_BUS2_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_g3d: clock-controller@14aa0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-g3d";
+		reg = <0x14aa0000 0x1000>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk", "aclk_g3d_400";
+		clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_G3D_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_gscl: clock-controller@13cf0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-gscl";
+		reg = <0x13cf0000 0x0b10>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"aclk_gscl_111",
+			"aclk_gscl_333";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+			<&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_GSCL_111>,
+			<&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_GSCL_333>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_apollo: clock-controller@11900000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-apollo";
+		reg = <0x11900000 0x1088>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk", "sclk_bus_pll_apollo";
+		clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_BUS_PLL_APOLLO>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_atlas: clock-controller@11800000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-atlas";
+		reg = <0x11800000 0x1088>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk", "sclk_bus_pll_atlas";
+		clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_BUS_PLL_ATLAS>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_mscl: clock-controller@105d0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mscl";
+		reg = <0x105d0000 0x0b10>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"sclk_jpeg_mscl",
+			"aclk_mscl_400";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_JPEG_MSCL>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_MSCL_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_mfc: clock-controller@15280000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mfc";
+		reg = <0x15280000 0x0b08>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk", "aclk_mfc_400";
+		clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_MFC_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_hevc: clock-controller@14f80000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-hevc";
+		reg = <0x14f80000 0x0b08>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk", "aclk_hevc_400";
+		clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_HEVC_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_isp: clock-controller@146d0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-isp";
+		reg = <0x146d0000 0x0b0c>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"aclk_isp_dis_400",
+			"aclk_isp_400";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_ISP_DIS_400>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_ISP_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_cam0: clock-controller@120d0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cam0";
+		reg = <0x120d0000 0x0b0c>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"aclk_cam0_333",
+			"aclk_cam0_400",
+			"aclk_cam0_552";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM0_333>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM0_400>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM0_552>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_cam1: clock-controller@145d0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cam1";
+		reg = <0x145d0000 0x0b08>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"sclk_isp_uart_cam1",
+			"sclk_isp_spi1_cam1",
+			"sclk_isp_spi0_cam1",
+			"aclk_cam1_333",
+			"aclk_cam1_400",
+			"aclk_cam1_552";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_ISP_UART_CAM1>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_ISP_SPI1_CAM1>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_ISP_SPI0_CAM1>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM1_333>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM1_400>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM1_552>;
+	};
+
+Example 3: UART controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock
+	   controller.
+
+	serial_0: serial@14C10000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-uart";
+		reg = <0x14C10000 0x100>;
+		interrupts = <0 421 0>;
+		clocks = <&cmu_peric CLK_PCLK_UART0>,
+			 <&cmu_peric CLK_SCLK_UART0>;
+		clock-names = "uart", "clk_uart_baud0";
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&uart0_bus>;
+		status = "disabled";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fujitsu,mb86s70-crg11.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fujitsu,mb86s70-crg11.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3323962
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fujitsu,mb86s70-crg11.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Fujitsu CRG11 clock driver bindings
+-----------------------------------
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : Shall contain "fujitsu,mb86s70-crg11"
+- #clock-cells : Shall be 3 {cntrlr domain port}
+
+The consumer specifies the desired clock pointing to its phandle.
+
+Example:
+
+	clock: crg11 {
+		compatible = "fujitsu,mb86s70-crg11";
+		#clock-cells = <3>;
+	};
+
+	mhu: mhu0@2b1f0000 {
+		#mbox-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "arm,mhu";
+		reg = <0 0x2B1F0000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <0 36 4>, /* LP Non-Sec */
+			     <0 35 4>, /* HP Non-Sec */
+			     <0 37 4>; /* Secure */
+		clocks = <&clock 0 2 1>; /* Cntrlr:0 Domain:2 Port:1 */
+		clock-names = "clk";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt
index dc5ea5b..670c2af 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt
@@ -23,6 +23,14 @@
  2 = l2clk   (L2 Cache clock)
  3 = ddrclk  (DDR clock)
 
+The following is a list of provided IDs and clock names on Armada 39x:
+ 0 = tclk    (Internal Bus clock)
+ 1 = cpuclk  (CPU clock)
+ 2 = nbclk   (Coherent Fabric clock)
+ 3 = hclk    (SDRAM Controller Internal Clock)
+ 4 = dclk    (SDRAM Interface Clock)
+ 5 = refclk  (Reference Clock)
+
 The following is a list of provided IDs and clock names on Kirkwood and Dove:
  0 = tclk   (Internal Bus clock)
  1 = cpuclk (CPU0 clock)
@@ -39,6 +47,7 @@
 	"marvell,armada-370-core-clock" - For Armada 370 SoC core clocks
 	"marvell,armada-375-core-clock" - For Armada 375 SoC core clocks
 	"marvell,armada-380-core-clock" - For Armada 380/385 SoC core clocks
+	"marvell,armada-390-core-clock" - For Armada 39x SoC core clocks
 	"marvell,armada-xp-core-clock" - For Armada XP SoC core clocks
 	"marvell,dove-core-clock" - for Dove SoC core clocks
 	"marvell,kirkwood-core-clock" - for Kirkwood SoC (except mv88f6180)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
index 76477be..31c7c0c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 * Gated Clock bindings for Marvell EBU SoCs
 
-Marvell Armada 370/375/380/385/XP, Dove and Kirkwood allow some
+Marvell Armada 370/375/380/385/39x/XP, Dove and Kirkwood allow some
 peripheral clocks to be gated to save some power. The clock consumer
 should specify the desired clock by having the clock ID in its
 "clocks" phandle cell. The clock ID is directly mapped to the
@@ -77,6 +77,18 @@
 28	xor1		XOR 1
 30	sata1		SATA 1
 
+The following is a list of provided IDs for Armada 39x:
+ID	Clock		Peripheral
+-----------------------------------
+5	pex1		PCIe 1
+6	pex2		PCIe 2
+7	pex3		PCIe 3
+8	pex0		PCIe 0
+9	usb3h0		USB3 Host 0
+17	sdio		SDIO
+22	xor0		XOR 0
+28	xor1		XOR 1
+
 The following is a list of provided IDs for Armada XP:
 ID	Clock	Peripheral
 -----------------------------------
@@ -152,6 +164,7 @@
 	"marvell,armada-370-gating-clock" - for Armada 370 SoC clock gating
 	"marvell,armada-375-gating-clock" - for Armada 375 SoC clock gating
 	"marvell,armada-380-gating-clock" - for Armada 380/385 SoC clock gating
+	"marvell,armada-390-gating-clock" - for Armada 39x SoC clock gating
 	"marvell,armada-xp-gating-clock" - for Armada XP SoC clock gating
 	"marvell,dove-gating-clock" - for Dove SoC clock gating
 	"marvell,kirkwood-gating-clock" - for Kirkwood SoC clock gating
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pistachio-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pistachio-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..868db49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pistachio-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+Imagination Technologies Pistachio SoC clock controllers
+========================================================
+
+Pistachio has four clock controllers (core clock, peripheral clock, peripheral
+general control, and top general control) which are instantiated individually
+from the device-tree.
+
+External clocks:
+----------------
+
+There are three external inputs to the clock controllers which should be
+defined with the following clock-output-names:
+- "xtal": External 52Mhz oscillator (required)
+- "audio_clk_in": Alternate audio reference clock (optional)
+- "enet_clk_in": Alternate ethernet PHY clock (optional)
+
+Core clock controller:
+----------------------
+
+The core clock controller generates clocks for the CPU, RPU (WiFi + BT
+co-processor), audio, and several peripherals.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must be "img,pistachio-clk".
+- reg: Must contain the base address and length of the core clock controller.
+- #clock-cells: Must be 1.  The single cell is the clock identifier.
+  See dt-bindings/clock/pistachio-clk.h for the list of valid identifiers.
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each clock in clock-names.
+- clock-names: Must include "xtal" (see "External clocks") and
+  "audio_clk_in_gate", "enet_clk_in_gate" which are generated by the
+  top-level general control.
+
+Example:
+	clk_core: clock-controller@18144000 {
+		compatible = "img,pistachio-clk";
+		reg = <0x18144000 0x800>;
+		clocks = <&xtal>, <&cr_top EXT_CLK_AUDIO_IN>,
+			 <&cr_top EXT_CLK_ENET_IN>;
+		clock-names = "xtal", "audio_clk_in_gate", "enet_clk_in_gate";
+
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+Peripheral clock controller:
+----------------------------
+
+The peripheral clock controller generates clocks for the DDR, ROM, and other
+peripherals.  The peripheral system clock ("periph_sys") generated by the core
+clock controller is the input clock to the peripheral clock controller.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must be "img,pistachio-periph-clk".
+- reg: Must contain the base address and length of the peripheral clock
+  controller.
+- #clock-cells: Must be 1.  The single cell is the clock identifier.
+  See dt-bindings/clock/pistachio-clk.h for the list of valid identifiers.
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each clock in clock-names.
+- clock-names: Must include "periph_sys", the peripheral system clock generated
+  by the core clock controller.
+
+Example:
+	clk_periph: clock-controller@18144800 {
+		compatible = "img,pistachio-clk-periph";
+		reg = <0x18144800 0x800>;
+		clocks = <&clk_core CLK_PERIPH_SYS>;
+		clock-names = "periph_sys";
+
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+Peripheral general control:
+---------------------------
+
+The peripheral general control block generates system interface clocks and
+resets for various peripherals.  It also contains miscellaneous peripheral
+control registers.  The system clock ("sys") generated by the peripheral clock
+controller is the input clock to the system clock controller.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must include "img,pistachio-periph-cr" and "syscon".
+- reg: Must contain the base address and length of the peripheral general
+  control registers.
+- #clock-cells: Must be 1.  The single cell is the clock identifier.
+  See dt-bindings/clock/pistachio-clk.h for the list of valid identifiers.
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each clock in clock-names.
+- clock-names: Must include "sys", the system clock generated by the peripheral
+  clock controller.
+
+Example:
+	cr_periph: syscon@18144800 {
+		compatible = "img,pistachio-cr-periph", "syscon";
+		reg = <0x18148000 0x1000>;
+		clocks = <&clock_periph PERIPH_CLK_PERIPH_SYS>;
+		clock-names = "sys";
+
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+Top-level general control:
+--------------------------
+
+The top-level general control block contains miscellaneous control registers and
+gates for the external clocks "audio_clk_in" and "enet_clk_in".
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must include "img,pistachio-cr-top" and "syscon".
+- reg: Must contain the base address and length of the top-level
+  control registers.
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each clock in clock-names.
+- clock-names: Two optional clocks, "audio_clk_in" and "enet_clk_in" (see
+  "External clocks").
+- #clock-cells: Must be 1.  The single cell is the clock identifier.
+  See dt-bindings/clock/pistachio-clk.h for the list of valid identifiers.
+
+Example:
+	cr_top: syscon@18144800 {
+		compatible = "img,pistachio-cr-top", "syscon";
+		reg = <0x18149000 0x200>;
+		clocks = <&audio_refclk>, <&ext_enet_in>;
+		clock-names = "audio_clk_in", "enet_clk_in";
+
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pwm-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pwm-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83db876
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pwm-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Binding for an external clock signal driven by a PWM pin.
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1] and the common PWM binding[2].
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be "pwm-clock".
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+- pwms : from common PWM binding; this determines the clock frequency
+  via the period given in the PWM specifier.
+
+Optional properties:
+- clock-output-names : From common clock binding.
+- clock-frequency : Exact output frequency, in case the PWM period
+  is not exact but was rounded to nanoseconds.
+
+Example:
+	clock {
+		compatible = "pwm-clock";
+		#clock-cells = <0>;
+		clock-frequency = <25000000>;
+		clock-output-names = "mipi_mclk";
+		pwms = <&pwm2 0 40>; /* 1 / 40 ns = 25 MHz */
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt
index aba3d25..54c23f3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
 			"qcom,gcc-apq8084"
 			"qcom,gcc-ipq8064"
 			"qcom,gcc-msm8660"
+			"qcom,gcc-msm8916"
 			"qcom,gcc-msm8960"
 			"qcom,gcc-msm8974"
 			"qcom,gcc-msm8974pro"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,r8a7778-cpg-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,r8a7778-cpg-clocks.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f3747f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,r8a7778-cpg-clocks.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+* Renesas R8A7778 Clock Pulse Generator (CPG)
+
+The CPG generates core clocks for the R8A7778. It includes two PLLs and
+several fixed ratio dividers
+
+Required Properties:
+
+  - compatible: Must be "renesas,r8a7778-cpg-clocks"
+  - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the CPG
+  - #clock-cells: Must be 1
+  - clock-output-names: The names of the clocks. Supported clocks are
+    "plla", "pllb", "b", "out", "p", "s", and "s1".
+
+
+Example
+-------
+
+	cpg_clocks: cpg_clocks@ffc80000 {
+		compatible = "renesas,r8a7778-cpg-clocks";
+		reg = <0xffc80000 0x80>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+		clocks = <&extal_clk>;
+		clock-output-names = "plla", "pllb", "b",
+				     "out", "p", "s", "s1";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
index 60b4428..4fa11af 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@
 	"allwinner,sun8i-a23-axi-clk" - for the AXI clock on A23
 	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-axi-gates-clk" - for the AXI gates
 	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-ahb-clk" - for the AHB clock
+	"allwinner,sun5i-a13-ahb-clk" - for the AHB clock on A13
 	"allwinner,sun9i-a80-ahb-clk" - for the AHB bus clocks on A80
 	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-ahb-gates-clk" - for the AHB gates on A10
 	"allwinner,sun5i-a13-ahb-gates-clk" - for the AHB gates on A13
@@ -66,6 +67,8 @@
 	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A10 / A20
 	"allwinner,sun5i-a13-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A13
 	"allwinner,sun6i-a31-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A31
+	"allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-mod-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A80
+	"allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-phy-clk" - for usb phy gates + resets on A80
 
 Required properties for all clocks:
 - reg : shall be the control register address for the clock.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/common-properties.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/common-properties.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3193979
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/common-properties.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+Common properties
+
+The ePAPR specification does not define any properties related to hardware
+byteswapping, but endianness issues show up frequently in porting Linux to
+different machine types.  This document attempts to provide a consistent
+way of handling byteswapping across drivers.
+
+Optional properties:
+ - big-endian: Boolean; force big endian register accesses
+   unconditionally (e.g. ioread32be/iowrite32be).  Use this if you
+   know the peripheral always needs to be accessed in BE mode.
+ - little-endian: Boolean; force little endian register accesses
+   unconditionally (e.g. readl/writel).  Use this if you know the
+   peripheral always needs to be accessed in LE mode.
+ - native-endian: Boolean; always use register accesses matched to the
+   endianness of the kernel binary (e.g. LE vmlinux -> readl/writel,
+   BE vmlinux -> ioread32be/iowrite32be).  In this case no byteswaps
+   will ever be performed.  Use this if the hardware "self-adjusts"
+   register endianness based on the CPU's configured endianness.
+
+If a binding supports these properties, then the binding should also
+specify the default behavior if none of these properties are present.
+In such cases, little-endian is the preferred default, but it is not
+a requirement.  The of_device_is_big_endian() and of_fdt_is_big_endian()
+helper functions do assume that little-endian is the default, because
+most existing (PCI-based) drivers implicitly default to LE by using
+readl/writel for MMIO accesses.
+
+Examples:
+Scenario 1 : CPU in LE mode & device in LE mode.
+dev: dev@40031000 {
+	      compatible = "name";
+	      reg = <0x40031000 0x1000>;
+	      ...
+	      native-endian;
+};
+
+Scenario 2 : CPU in LE mode & device in BE mode.
+dev: dev@40031000 {
+	      compatible = "name";
+	      reg = <0x40031000 0x1000>;
+	      ...
+	      big-endian;
+};
+
+Scenario 3 : CPU in BE mode & device in BE mode.
+dev: dev@40031000 {
+	      compatible = "name";
+	      reg = <0x40031000 0x1000>;
+	      ...
+	      native-endian;
+};
+
+Scenario 4 : CPU in BE mode & device in LE mode.
+dev: dev@40031000 {
+	      compatible = "name";
+	      reg = <0x40031000 0x1000>;
+	      ...
+	      little-endian;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/axis.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/axis.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d209ca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/axis.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+Axis Communications AB
+ARTPEC series SoC Device Tree Bindings
+
+
+CRISv32 based SoCs are ETRAX FS and ARTPEC-3:
+
+    - compatible = "axis,crisv32";
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/boards.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/boards.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..533dd27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/boards.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+Boards based on the CRIS SoCs:
+
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = should be one or more of the following:
+	- "axis,dev88"	- for Axis devboard 88 with ETRAX FS
+
+Optional:
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/interrupts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/interrupts.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8b123b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/interrupts.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+* CRISv32 Interrupt Controller
+
+Interrupt controller for the CRISv32 SoCs.
+
+Main node required properties:
+
+- compatible : should be:
+	"axis,crisv32-intc"
+- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+  interrupt source. The type shall be a <u32> and the value shall be 1.
+- reg: physical base address and size of the intc registers map.
+
+Example:
+
+	intc: interrupt-controller {
+		compatible = "axis,crisv32-intc";
+		reg = <0xb001c000 0x1000>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/img-hash.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/img-hash.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91a3d75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/img-hash.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Imagination Technologies hardware hash accelerator
+
+The hash accelerator provides hardware hashing acceleration for
+SHA1, SHA224, SHA256 and MD5 hashes
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : "img,hash-accelerator"
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the module, and the DMA port
+- interrupts : The designated IRQ line for the hashing module.
+- dmas : DMA specifier as per Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt
+- dma-names : Should be "tx"
+- clocks : Clock specifiers
+- clock-names : "sys" Used to clock the hash block registers
+		"hash" Used to clock data through the accelerator
+
+Example:
+
+	hash: hash@18149600 {
+	compatible = "img,hash-accelerator";
+		reg = <0x18149600 0x100>, <0x18101100 0x4>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SHARED 59 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		dmas = <&dma 8 0xffffffff 0>;
+		dma-names = "tx";
+		clocks = <&cr_periph SYS_CLK_HASH>, <&clk_periph PERIPH_CLK_ROM>;
+		clock-names = "sys", "hash";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/apm-xgene-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/apm-xgene-dma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d305876
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/apm-xgene-dma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+Applied Micro X-Gene SoC DMA nodes
+
+DMA nodes are defined to describe on-chip DMA interfaces in
+APM X-Gene SoC.
+
+Required properties for DMA interfaces:
+- compatible: Should be "apm,xgene-dma".
+- device_type: set to "dma".
+- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device.
+  It contains the information of registers in the following order:
+  1st - DMA control and status register address space.
+  2nd - Descriptor ring control and status register address space.
+  3rd - Descriptor ring command register address space.
+  4th - Soc efuse register address space.
+- interrupts: DMA has 5 interrupts sources. 1st interrupt is
+  DMA error reporting interrupt. 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th interrupts
+  are completion interrupts for each DMA channels.
+- clocks: Reference to the clock entry.
+
+Optional properties:
+- dma-coherent : Present if dma operations are coherent
+
+Example:
+	dmaclk: dmaclk@1f27c000 {
+		compatible = "apm,xgene-device-clock";
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+		clocks = <&socplldiv2 0>;
+		reg = <0x0 0x1f27c000 0x0 0x1000>;
+		reg-names = "csr-reg";
+		clock-output-names = "dmaclk";
+	};
+
+	dma: dma@1f270000 {
+			compatible = "apm,xgene-storm-dma";
+			device_type = "dma";
+			reg = <0x0 0x1f270000 0x0 0x10000>,
+			      <0x0 0x1f200000 0x0 0x10000>,
+			      <0x0 0x1b008000 0x0 0x2000>,
+			      <0x0 0x1054a000 0x0 0x100>;
+			interrupts = <0x0 0x82 0x4>,
+				     <0x0 0xb8 0x4>,
+				     <0x0 0xb9 0x4>,
+				     <0x0 0xba 0x4>,
+				     <0x0 0xbb 0x4>;
+			dma-coherent;
+			clocks = <&dmaclk 0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/bcm2835-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/brcm,bcm2835-dma.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/bcm2835-dma.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/brcm,bcm2835-dma.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f25feee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+* Ingenic JZ4780 DMA Controller
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Should be "ingenic,jz4780-dma"
+- reg: Should contain the DMA controller registers location and length.
+- interrupts: Should contain the interrupt specifier of the DMA controller.
+- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle of the interrupt controller that
+- clocks: Should contain a clock specifier for the JZ4780 PDMA clock.
+- #dma-cells: Must be <2>. Number of integer cells in the dmas property of
+  DMA clients (see below).
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- ingenic,reserved-channels: Bitmask of channels to reserve for devices that
+  need a specific channel. These channels will only be assigned when explicitly
+  requested by a client. The primary use for this is channels 0 and 1, which
+  can be configured to have special behaviour for NAND/BCH when using
+  programmable firmware.
+
+Example:
+
+dma: dma@13420000 {
+	compatible = "ingenic,jz4780-dma";
+	reg = <0x13420000 0x10000>;
+
+	interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+	interrupts = <10>;
+
+	clocks = <&cgu JZ4780_CLK_PDMA>;
+
+	#dma-cells = <2>;
+
+	ingenic,reserved-channels = <0x3>;
+};
+
+DMA clients must use the format described in dma.txt, giving a phandle to the
+DMA controller plus the following 2 integer cells:
+
+1. Request type: The DMA request type for transfers to/from the device on
+   the allocated channel, as defined in the SoC documentation.
+
+2. Channel: If set to 0xffffffff, any available channel will be allocated for
+   the client. Otherwise, the exact channel specified will be used. The channel
+   should be reserved on the DMA controller using the ingenic,reserved-channels
+   property.
+
+Example:
+
+uart0: serial@10030000 {
+	...
+	dmas = <&dma 0x14 0xffffffff
+		&dma 0x15 0xffffffff>;
+	dma-names = "tx", "rx";
+	...
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt
index f8c3311..1c9d48e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 - compatible: must be one of the following:
  * "qcom,bam-v1.4.0" for MSM8974, APQ8074 and APQ8084
  * "qcom,bam-v1.3.0" for APQ8064, IPQ8064 and MSM8960
+ * "qcom,bam-v1.7.0" for MSM8916
 - reg: Address range for DMA registers
 - interrupts: Should contain the one interrupt shared by all channels
 - #dma-cells: must be <1>, the cell in the dmas property of the client device
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/rcar-audmapp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/rcar-audmapp.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 61bca50..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/rcar-audmapp.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-* R-Car Audio DMAC peri peri Device Tree bindings
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible:	should be "renesas,rcar-audmapp"
-- #dma-cells:	should be <1>, see "dmas" property below
-
-Example:
-	audmapp: audio-dma-pp@0xec740000 {
-		compatible = "renesas,rcar-audmapp";
-		#dma-cells = <1>;
-
-		reg = <0 0xec740000 0 0x200>;
-	};
-
-
-* DMA client
-
-Required properties:
-- dmas:		a list of <[DMA multiplexer phandle] [SRS << 8 | DRS]> pairs.
-		where SRS/DRS are specified in the SoC manual.
-		It will be written into PDMACHCR as high 16-bit parts.
-- dma-names:	a list of DMA channel names, one per "dmas" entry
-
-Example:
-
-	dmas = <&audmapp 0x2d00
-		&audmapp 0x3700>;
-	dma-names =  "src0_ssiu0",
-		     "dvc0_ssiu0";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..040f365
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+* Renesas USB DMA Controller Device Tree bindings
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: must contain "renesas,usb-dmac"
+- reg: base address and length of the registers block for the DMAC
+- interrupts: interrupt specifiers for the DMAC, one for each entry in
+  interrupt-names.
+- interrupt-names: one entry per channel, named "ch%u", where %u is the
+  channel number ranging from zero to the number of channels minus one.
+- clocks: a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs.
+- #dma-cells: must be <1>, the cell specifies the channel number of the DMAC
+  port connected to the DMA client.
+- dma-channels: number of DMA channels
+
+Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) USB-DMACs
+
+	usb_dmac0: dma-controller@e65a0000 {
+		compatible = "renesas,usb-dmac";
+		reg = <0 0xe65a0000 0 0x100>;
+		interrupts = <0 109 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+			      0 109 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		interrupt-names = "ch0", "ch1";
+		clocks = <&mstp3_clks R8A7790_CLK_USBDMAC0>;
+		#dma-cells = <1>;
+		dma-channels = <2>;
+	};
+
+	usb_dmac1: dma-controller@e65b0000 {
+		compatible = "renesas,usb-dmac";
+		reg = <0 0xe65b0000 0 0x100>;
+		interrupts = <0 110 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+			      0 110 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		interrupt-names = "ch0", "ch1";
+		clocks = <&mstp3_clks R8A7790_CLK_USBDMAC1>;
+		#dma-cells = <1>;
+		dma-channels = <2>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt
index 443bcb6..9a21366 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt
@@ -44,23 +44,30 @@
 LVDS Channel
 ============
 
-Each LVDS Channel has to contain a display-timings node that describes the
-video timings for the connected LVDS display. For detailed information, also
-have a look at Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt.
+Each LVDS Channel has to contain either an of graph link to a panel device node
+or a display-timings node that describes the video timings for the connected
+LVDS display as well as the fsl,data-mapping and fsl,data-width properties.
 
 Required properties:
  - reg : should be <0> or <1>
+ - port: Input and output port nodes with endpoint definitions as defined in
+   Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt.
+   On i.MX5, the internal two-input-multiplexer is used. Due to hardware
+   limitations, only one input port (port@[0,1]) can be used for each channel
+   (lvds-channel@[0,1], respectively).
+   On i.MX6, there should be four input ports (port@[0-3]) that correspond
+   to the four LVDS multiplexer inputs.
+   A single output port (port@2 on i.MX5, port@4 on i.MX6) must be connected
+   to a panel input port. Optionally, the output port can be left out if
+   display-timings are used instead.
+
+Optional properties (required if display-timings are used):
+ - display-timings : A node that describes the display timings as defined in
+   Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt.
  - fsl,data-mapping : should be "spwg" or "jeida"
                       This describes how the color bits are laid out in the
                       serialized LVDS signal.
  - fsl,data-width : should be <18> or <24>
- - port: A port node with endpoint definitions as defined in
-   Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt.
-   On i.MX5, the internal two-input-multiplexer is used.
-   Due to hardware limitations, only one port (port@[0,1])
-   can be used for each channel (lvds-channel@[0,1], respectively)
-   On i.MX6, there should be four ports (port@[0-3]) that correspond
-   to the four LVDS multiplexer inputs.
 
 example:
 
@@ -73,23 +80,21 @@
 	#size-cells = <0>;
 	compatible = "fsl,imx53-ldb";
 	gpr = <&gpr>;
-	clocks = <&clks 122>, <&clks 120>,
-		 <&clks 115>, <&clks 116>,
-		 <&clks 123>, <&clks 85>;
+	clocks = <&clks IMX5_CLK_LDB_DI0_SEL>,
+		 <&clks IMX5_CLK_LDB_DI1_SEL>,
+		 <&clks IMX5_CLK_IPU_DI0_SEL>,
+		 <&clks IMX5_CLK_IPU_DI1_SEL>,
+		 <&clks IMX5_CLK_LDB_DI0_GATE>,
+		 <&clks IMX5_CLK_LDB_DI1_GATE>;
 	clock-names = "di0_pll", "di1_pll",
 		      "di0_sel", "di1_sel",
 		      "di0", "di1";
 
+	/* Using an of-graph endpoint link to connect the panel */
 	lvds-channel@0 {
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <0>;
 		reg = <0>;
-		fsl,data-mapping = "spwg";
-		fsl,data-width = <24>;
-
-		display-timings {
-			/* ... */
-		};
 
 		port@0 {
 			reg = <0>;
@@ -98,8 +103,17 @@
 				remote-endpoint = <&ipu_di0_lvds0>;
 			};
 		};
+
+		port@2 {
+			reg = <2>;
+
+			lvds0_out: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&panel_in>;
+			};
+		};
 	};
 
+	/* Using display-timings and fsl,data-mapping/width instead */
 	lvds-channel@1 {
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <0>;
@@ -120,3 +134,13 @@
 		};
 	};
 };
+
+panel: lvds-panel {
+	/* ... */
+
+	port {
+		panel_in: endpoint {
+			remote-endpoint = <&lvds0_out>;
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-usb-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-usb-gpio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af0b903
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-usb-gpio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+USB GPIO Extcon device
+
+This is a virtual device used to generate USB cable states from the USB ID pin
+connected to a GPIO pin.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "linux,extcon-usb-gpio"
+- id-gpio: gpio for USB ID pin. See gpio binding.
+
+Example: Examples of extcon-usb-gpio node in dra7-evm.dts as listed below:
+	extcon_usb1 {
+		compatible = "linux,extcon-usb-gpio";
+		id-gpio = <&gpio6 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+	}
+
+	&omap_dwc3_1 {
+		extcon = <&extcon_usb1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-bcm-kona.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,kona-gpio.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-bcm-kona.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,kona-gpio.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-altera.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-altera.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12f5014
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-altera.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Altera GPIO controller bindings
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:
+  - "altr,pio-1.0"
+- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+- #gpio-cells : Should be 2
+  - The first cell is the gpio offset number.
+  - The second cell is reserved and is currently unused.
+- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller.
+- interrupt-controller: Mark the device node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells : Should be 1. The interrupt type is fixed in the hardware.
+  - The first cell is the GPIO offset number within the GPIO controller.
+- interrupts: Specify the interrupt.
+- altr,interrupt-trigger: Specifies the interrupt trigger type the GPIO
+  hardware is synthesized. This field is required if the Altera GPIO controller
+  used has IRQ enabled as the interrupt type is not software controlled,
+  but hardware synthesized. Required if GPIO is used as an interrupt
+  controller. The value is defined in <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h>
+  Only the following flags are supported:
+    IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING
+    IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING
+    IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH
+    IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+
+Optional properties:
+- altr,ngpio: Width of the GPIO bank. This defines how many pins the
+  GPIO device has. Ranges between 1-32. Optional and defaults to 32 if not
+  specified.
+
+Example:
+
+gpio_altr: gpio@0xff200000 {
+	compatible = "altr,pio-1.0";
+	reg = <0xff200000 0x10>;
+	interrupts = <0 45 4>;
+	altr,ngpio = <32>;
+	altr,interrupt-trigger = <IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+	#gpio-cells = <2>;
+	gpio-controller;
+	#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+	interrupt-controller;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-fan.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-fan.txt
index 2dd457a..439a743 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-fan.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-fan.txt
@@ -2,15 +2,20 @@
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible : "gpio-fan"
+
+Optional properties:
 - gpios: Specifies the pins that map to bits in the control value,
   ordered MSB-->LSB.
 - gpio-fan,speed-map: A mapping of possible fan RPM speeds and the
   control value that should be set to achieve them. This array
   must have the RPM values in ascending order.
-
-Optional properties:
 - alarm-gpios: This pin going active indicates something is wrong with
   the fan, and a udev event will be fired.
+- cooling-cells: If used as a cooling device, must be <2>
+  Also see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt
+  min and max states are derived from the speed-map of the fan.
+
+Note: At least one the "gpios" or "alarm-gpios" properties must be set.
 
 Examples:
 
@@ -23,3 +28,13 @@
 				      6000 2>;
 		alarm-gpios = <&gpio1 15 1>;
 	};
+	gpio_fan_cool: gpio_fan {
+		compatible = "gpio-fan";
+		gpios = <&gpio2 14 1
+			 &gpio2 13 1>;
+		gpio-fan,speed-map =	<0    0>,
+					<3000 1>,
+					<6000 2>;
+		alarm-gpios = <&gpio2 15 1>;
+		#cooling-cells = <2>; /* min followed by max */
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
index f7a158d..5788d5c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
@@ -116,6 +116,29 @@
 property, and a #gpio-cells integer property, which indicates the number of
 cells in a gpio-specifier.
 
+The GPIO chip may contain GPIO hog definitions. GPIO hogging is a mechanism
+providing automatic GPIO request and configuration as part of the
+gpio-controller's driver probe function.
+
+Each GPIO hog definition is represented as a child node of the GPIO controller.
+Required properties:
+- gpio-hog:   A property specifying that this child node represent a GPIO hog.
+- gpios:      Store the GPIO information (id, flags, ...). Shall contain the
+	      number of cells specified in its parent node (GPIO controller
+	      node).
+Only one of the following properties scanned in the order shown below.
+This means that when multiple properties are present they will be searched
+in the order presented below and the first match is taken as the intended
+configuration.
+- input:      A property specifying to set the GPIO direction as input.
+- output-low  A property specifying to set the GPIO direction as output with
+	      the value low.
+- output-high A property specifying to set the GPIO direction as output with
+	      the value high.
+
+Optional properties:
+- line-name:  The GPIO label name. If not present the node name is used.
+
 Example of two SOC GPIO banks defined as gpio-controller nodes:
 
 	qe_pio_a: gpio-controller@1400 {
@@ -123,6 +146,13 @@
 		reg = <0x1400 0x18>;
 		gpio-controller;
 		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+
+		line_b {
+			gpio-hog;
+			gpios = <6 0>;
+			output-low;
+			line-name = "foo-bar-gpio";
+		};
 	};
 
 	qe_pio_e: gpio-controller@1460 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt
index 67a2e4e..98d1983 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
   gpio_mux.
 - interrupt-names : Should be the names of irq resources. Each interrupt
   uses its own interrupt name, so there should be as many interrupt names
-  as referenced interrups.
+  as referenced interrupts.
 - interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
 - #interrupt-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
   interrupt source.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwrng/brcm,iproc-rng200.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwrng/brcm,iproc-rng200.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e25a456
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwrng/brcm,iproc-rng200.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+HWRNG support for the iproc-rng200 driver
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "brcm,iproc-rng200"
+- reg : base address and size of control register block
+
+Example:
+
+rng {
+        compatible = "brcm,iproc-rng200";
+        reg = <0x18032000 0x28>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-bcm-kona.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,kona-i2c.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-bcm-kona.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,kona-i2c.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-davinci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-davinci.txt
index 2dc935b..a4e1cbc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-davinci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-davinci.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,9 @@
 Recommended properties :
 - interrupts : standard interrupt property.
 - clock-frequency : desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
+- ti,has-pfunc: boolean; if defined, it indicates that SoC supports PFUNC
+	registers. PFUNC registers allow to switch I2C pins to function as
+	GPIOs, so they can by toggled manually.
 
 Example (enbw_cmc board):
 	i2c@1c22000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-digicolor.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-digicolor.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..457a098
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-digicolor.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Conexant Digicolor I2C controller
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: must be "cnxt,cx92755-i2c"
+ - reg: physical address and length of the device registers
+ - interrupts: a single interrupt specifier
+ - clocks: clock for the device
+ - #address-cells: should be <1>
+ - #size-cells: should be <0>
+
+Optional properties:
+- clock-frequency: the desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz; in
+  absence of this property the default value is used (100 kHz).
+
+Example:
+
+	i2c: i2c@f0000120 {
+		compatible = "cnxt,cx92755-i2c";
+		reg = <0xf0000120 0x10>;
+		interrupts = <28>;
+		clocks = <&main_clk>;
+		clock-frequency = <100000>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-jz4780.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-jz4780.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..231e4cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-jz4780.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+* Ingenic JZ4780 I2C Bus controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "ingenic,jz4780-i2c"
+- reg: Should contain the address & size of the I2C controller registers.
+- interrupts: Should specify the interrupt provided by parent.
+- clocks: Should contain a single clock specifier for the JZ4780 I2C clock.
+- clock-frequency: desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
+
+Recommended properties:
+- pinctrl-names: should be "default";
+- pinctrl-0: phandle to pinctrl function
+
+Optional properties:
+- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle of the interrupt controller that
+  delivers interrupts to the I2C block.
+
+Example
+
+/ {
+	i2c4: i2c4@0x10054000 {
+		compatible = "ingenic,jz4780-i2c";
+		reg = <0x10054000 0x1000>;
+
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+		interrupts = <56>;
+
+		clocks = <&cgu JZ4780_CLK_SMB4>;
+		clock-frequency = <100000>;
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&pins_i2c4_data>;
+
+	};
+};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xlp9xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xlp9xx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f818ef5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xlp9xx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Device tree configuration for the I2C controller on the XLP9xx/5xx SoC
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible      : should be "netlogic,xlp980-i2c"
+- reg             : bus address start and address range size of device
+- interrupts      : interrupt number
+
+Optional properties:
+- clock-frequency : frequency of bus clock in Hz
+                    Defaults to 100 KHz when the property is not specified
+
+Example:
+
+i2c0: i2c@113100 {
+	compatible = "netlogic,xlp980-i2c";
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	reg = <0 0x113100 0x100>;
+	clock-frequency = <400000>;
+	interrupts = <30>;
+	interrupt-parent = <&pic>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
index aaa8325..ad0c4ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
@@ -77,6 +77,7 @@
 nxp,pca9557		8-bit I2C-bus and SMBus I/O port with reset
 nxp,pcf8563		Real-time clock/calendar
 nxp,pcf85063		Tiny Real-Time Clock
+oki,ml86v7667		OKI ML86V7667 video decoder
 ovti,ov5642		OV5642: Color CMOS QSXGA (5-megapixel) Image Sensor with OmniBSI and Embedded TrueFocus
 pericom,pt7c4338	Real-time Clock Module
 plx,pex8648		48-Lane, 12-Port PCI Express Gen 2 (5.0 GT/s) Switch
@@ -89,6 +90,7 @@
 ricoh,rv5c387a		I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
 samsung,24ad0xd1	S524AD0XF1 (128K/256K-bit Serial EEPROM for Low Power)
 sii,s35390a		2-wire CMOS real-time clock
+skyworks,sky81452	Skyworks SKY81452: Six-Channel White LED Driver with Touch Panel Bias Supply
 st-micro,24c256		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
 stm,m41t00		Serial Access TIMEKEEPER
 stm,m41t62		Serial real-time clock (RTC) with alarm
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/da9150-gpadc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/da9150-gpadc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c07228d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/da9150-gpadc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+Dialog Semiconductor DA9150 IIO GPADC bindings
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "dlg,da9150-gpadc" for DA9150 IIO GPADC
+- #io-channel-cells: Should be set to <1>
+  (See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/iio-bindings.txt for further info)
+
+For further information on GPADC channels, see device datasheet.
+
+
+Example:
+
+	gpadc: da9150-gpadc {
+		compatible = "dlg,da9150-gpadc";
+		#io-channel-cells = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp320x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp320x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b851843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp320x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+* Microchip Analog to Digital Converter (ADC)
+
+The node for this driver must be a child node of a SPI controller, hence
+all mandatory properties described in
+
+        Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+
+must be specified.
+
+Required properties:
+	- compatible:  	Must be one of the following, depending on the
+			model:
+				"mcp3001"
+				"mcp3002"
+				"mcp3004"
+				"mcp3008"
+				"mcp3201"
+				"mcp3202"
+				"mcp3204"
+				"mcp3208"
+
+
+Examples:
+spi_controller {
+	mcp3x0x@0 {
+		compatible = "mcp3002";
+		reg = <0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <1000000>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3422.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3422.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..333139c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3422.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+* Microchip mcp3422/3/4/6/7/8 chip family (ADC)
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be
+	"microchip,mcp3422" or
+	"microchip,mcp3423" or
+	"microchip,mcp3424" or
+	"microchip,mcp3426" or
+	"microchip,mcp3427" or
+	"microchip,mcp3428"
+ - reg: I2C address for the device
+
+Example:
+adc@0 {
+	compatible = "microchip,mcp3424";
+	reg = <0x68>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc128s052.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc128s052.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42ca7de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc128s052.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+* Texas Instruments' ADC128S052 ADC chip
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be "ti,adc128s052"
+ - reg: spi chip select number for the device
+ - vref-supply: The regulator supply for ADC reference voltage
+
+Recommended properties:
+ - spi-max-frequency: Definition as per
+		Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+
+Example:
+adc@0 {
+	compatible = "ti,adc128s052";
+	reg = <0>;
+	vref-supply = <&vdd_supply>;
+	spi-max-frequency = <1000000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt
index a7a0a15..d2aaca9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
 Valid compatible strings:
 
 Accelerometers:
+- st,lis3lv02dl-accel
 - st,lsm303dlh-accel
 - st,lsm303dlhc-accel
 - st,lis3dh-accel
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/brcm,bcm-keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/brcm,bcm-keypad.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b77f50b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/brcm,bcm-keypad.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+* Broadcom Keypad Controller device tree bindings
+
+Broadcom Keypad controller is used to interface a SoC with a matrix-type
+keypad device. The keypad controller supports multiple row and column lines.
+A key can be placed at each intersection of a unique row and a unique column.
+The keypad controller can sense a key-press and key-release and report the
+event using a interrupt to the cpu.
+
+This binding is based on the matrix-keymap binding with the following
+changes:
+
+keypad,num-rows and keypad,num-columns are required.
+
+Required SoC Specific Properties:
+- compatible: should be "brcm,bcm-keypad"
+
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+  region.
+
+- interrupts: The interrupt number to the cpu.
+
+Board Specific Properties:
+- keypad,num-rows: Number of row lines connected to the keypad
+  controller.
+
+- keypad,num-columns: Number of column lines connected to the
+  keypad controller.
+
+- col-debounce-filter-period: The debounce period for the Column filter.
+
+	KEYPAD_DEBOUNCE_1_ms	=	0
+	KEYPAD_DEBOUNCE_2_ms	=	1
+	KEYPAD_DEBOUNCE_4_ms	=	2
+	KEYPAD_DEBOUNCE_8_ms	=	3
+	KEYPAD_DEBOUNCE_16_ms	=	4
+	KEYPAD_DEBOUNCE_32_ms	=	5
+	KEYPAD_DEBOUNCE_64_ms	=	6
+	KEYPAD_DEBOUNCE_128_ms	=	7
+
+- status-debounce-filter-period: The debounce period for the Status filter.
+
+	KEYPAD_DEBOUNCE_1_ms	=	0
+	KEYPAD_DEBOUNCE_2_ms	=	1
+	KEYPAD_DEBOUNCE_4_ms	=	2
+	KEYPAD_DEBOUNCE_8_ms	=	3
+	KEYPAD_DEBOUNCE_16_ms	=	4
+	KEYPAD_DEBOUNCE_32_ms	=	5
+	KEYPAD_DEBOUNCE_64_ms	=	6
+	KEYPAD_DEBOUNCE_128_ms	=	7
+
+- row-output-enabled: An optional property indicating whether the row or
+  column is being used as output. If specified the row is being used
+  as the output. Else defaults to column.
+
+- pull-up-enabled: An optional property indicating the Keypad scan mode.
+  If specified implies the keypad scan pull-up has been enabled.
+
+- autorepeat: Boolean, Enable auto repeat feature of Linux input
+	  subsystem (optional).
+
+- linux,keymap: The keymap for keys as described in the binding document
+  devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt.
+
+Example:
+#include "dt-bindings/input/input.h"
+
+/ {
+	keypad: keypad@180ac000 {
+		/* Required SoC specific properties */
+		compatible = "brcm,bcm-keypad";
+
+		/* Required Board specific properties */
+		keypad,num-rows = <5>;
+		keypad,num-columns = <5>;
+		status = "okay";
+
+		linux,keymap = <MATRIX_KEY(0x00, 0x02, KEY_F) /* key_forward */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x00, 0x03, KEY_HOME) /* key_home */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x00, 0x04, KEY_M) /* key_message */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x01, 0x00, KEY_A) /* key_contacts */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x01, 0x01, KEY_1) /* key_1 */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x01, 0x02, KEY_2) /* key_2 */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x01, 0x03, KEY_3) /* key_3 */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x01, 0x04, KEY_S) /* key_speaker */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x02, 0x00, KEY_P) /* key_phone */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x02, 0x01, KEY_4) /* key_4 */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x02, 0x02, KEY_5) /* key_5 */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x02, 0x03, KEY_6) /* key_6 */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x02, 0x04, KEY_VOLUMEUP) /* key_vol_up */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x03, 0x00, KEY_C) /* key_call_log */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x03, 0x01, KEY_7) /* key_7 */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x03, 0x02, KEY_8) /* key_8 */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x03, 0x03, KEY_9) /* key_9 */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x03, 0x04, KEY_VOLUMEDOWN) /* key_vol_down */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x04, 0x00, KEY_H) /* key_headset */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x04, 0x01, KEY_KPASTERISK) /* key_* */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x04, 0x02, KEY_0) /* key_0 */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x04, 0x03, KEY_GRAVE) /* key_# */
+		MATRIX_KEY(0x04, 0x04, KEY_MUTE) /* key_mute */
+		>;
+
+		/* Optional board specific properties */
+		col-debounce-filter-period = <5>;
+		row-output-enabled;
+		pull-up-enabled;
+
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8941-pwrkey.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8941-pwrkey.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07bf55f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/qcom,pm8941-pwrkey.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Qualcomm PM8941 PMIC Power Key
+
+PROPERTIES
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: must be one of:
+		    "qcom,pm8941-pwrkey"
+
+- reg:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: base address of registers for block
+
+- interrupts:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: key change interrupt; The format of the specifier is
+		    defined by the binding document describing the node's
+		    interrupt parent.
+
+- debounce:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: time in microseconds that key must be pressed or released
+		    for state change interrupt to trigger.
+
+- bias-pull-up:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <empty>
+	Definition: presence of this property indicates that the KPDPWR_N pin
+		    should be configured for pull up.
+
+EXAMPLE
+
+	pwrkey@800 {
+		compatible = "qcom,pm8941-pwrkey";
+		reg = <0x800>;
+		interrupts = <0x0 0x8 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>;
+		debounce = <15625>;
+		bias-pull-up;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/brcm,iproc-touchscreen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/brcm,iproc-touchscreen.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34e3382
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/brcm,iproc-touchscreen.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+* Broadcom's IPROC Touchscreen Controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "brcm,iproc-touchscreen"
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+  region.
+- clocks:  The clock provided by the SOC to driver the tsc
+- clock-name:  name for the clock
+- interrupts: The touchscreen controller's interrupt
+
+Optional properties:
+- scanning_period: Time between scans. Each step is 1024 us.  Valid 1-256.
+- debounce_timeout: Each step is 512 us.  Valid 0-255
+- settling_timeout: The settling duration (in ms) is the amount of time
+                    the tsc waits to allow the voltage to settle after
+                    turning on the drivers in detection mode.
+                    Valid values: 0-11
+                    0 =  0.008 ms
+                    1 =  0.01 ms
+                    2 =  0.02 ms
+                    3 =  0.04 ms
+                    4 =  0.08 ms
+                    5 =  0.16 ms
+                    6 =  0.32 ms
+                    7 =  0.64 ms
+                    8 =  1.28 ms
+                    9 =  2.56 ms
+                   10 =  5.12 ms
+                   11 = 10.24 ms
+- touch_timeout: The continuous number of scan periods in which touch is
+                not detected before the controller returns to idle state.
+                Valid values 0-255.
+- average_data: Number of data samples which are averaged before a final
+                data point is placed into the FIFO
+                Valid values 0-7
+                0 =   1 sample
+                1 =   2 samples
+                2 =   4 samples
+                3 =   8 samples
+                4 =  16 samples
+                5 =  32 samples
+                6 =  64 samples
+                7 = 128 samples
+- fifo_threshold: Interrupt is generated whenever the number of fifo
+                entries exceeds this value
+                Valid values 0-31
+- touchscreen-size-x: horizontal resolution of touchscreen (in pixels)
+- touchscreen-size-y: vertical resolution of touchscreen (in pixels)
+- touchscreen-fuzz-x: horizontal noise value of the absolute input
+                      device (in pixels)
+- touchscreen-fuzz-y: vertical noise value of the absolute input
+                      device (in pixels)
+- touchscreen-inverted-x: X axis is inverted (boolean)
+- touchscreen-inverted-y: Y axis is inverted (boolean)
+
+Example:
+
+	touchscreen: tsc@0x180A6000 {
+		compatible = "brcm,iproc-touchscreen";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		reg = <0x180A6000 0x40>;
+		clocks = <&adc_clk>;
+		clock-names = "tsc_clk";
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 164 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+
+		scanning_period = <5>;
+		debounce_timeout = <40>;
+		settling_timeout = <7>;
+		touch_timeout = <10>;
+		average_data = <5>;
+		fifo_threshold = <1>;
+		/* Touchscreen is rotated 180 degrees. */
+		touchscreen-inverted-x;
+		touchscreen-inverted-y;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/chipone_icn8318.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/chipone_icn8318.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d11f8d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/chipone_icn8318.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+* ChipOne icn8318 I2C touchscreen controller
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible		  : "chipone,icn8318"
+ - reg			  : I2C slave address of the chip (0x40)
+ - interrupt-parent	  : a phandle pointing to the interrupt controller
+			    serving the interrupt for this chip
+ - interrupts		  : interrupt specification for the icn8318 interrupt
+ - wake-gpios		  : GPIO specification for the WAKE input
+ - touchscreen-size-x	  : horizontal resolution of touchscreen (in pixels)
+ - touchscreen-size-y	  : vertical resolution of touchscreen (in pixels)
+
+Optional properties:
+ - pinctrl-names	  : should be "default"
+ - pinctrl-0:		  : a phandle pointing to the pin settings for the
+			    control gpios
+ - touchscreen-fuzz-x	  : horizontal noise value of the absolute input
+			    device (in pixels)
+ - touchscreen-fuzz-y	  : vertical noise value of the absolute input
+			    device (in pixels)
+ - touchscreen-inverted-x : X axis is inverted (boolean)
+ - touchscreen-inverted-y : Y axis is inverted (boolean)
+ - touchscreen-swapped-x-y	  : X and Y axis are swapped (boolean)
+			    Swapping is done after inverting the axis
+
+Example:
+
+i2c@00000000 {
+	/* ... */
+
+	chipone_icn8318@40 {
+		compatible = "chipone,icn8318";
+		reg = <0x40>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&pio>;
+		interrupts = <9 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; /* EINT9 (PG9) */
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&ts_wake_pin_p66>;
+		wake-gpios = <&pio 1 3 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; /* PB3 */
+		touchscreen-size-x = <800>;
+		touchscreen-size-y = <480>;
+		touchscreen-inverted-x;
+		touchscreen-swapped-x-y;
+	};
+
+	/* ... */
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/goodix.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/goodix.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ba98ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/goodix.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Device tree bindings for Goodix GT9xx series touchscreen controller
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible		: Should be "goodix,gt911"
+				 or "goodix,gt9110"
+				 or "goodix,gt912"
+				 or "goodix,gt927"
+				 or "goodix,gt9271"
+				 or "goodix,gt928"
+				 or "goodix,gt967"
+ - reg			: I2C address of the chip. Should be 0x5d or 0x14
+ - interrupt-parent	: Interrupt controller to which the chip is connected
+ - interrupts		: Interrupt to which the chip is connected
+
+Example:
+
+	i2c@00000000 {
+		/* ... */
+
+		gt928@5d {
+			compatible = "goodix,gt928";
+			reg = <0x5d>;
+			interrupt-parent = <&gpio>;
+			interrupts = <0 0>;
+		};
+
+		/* ... */
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sun4i.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sun4i.txt
index 433332d..89abecd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sun4i.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sun4i.txt
@@ -2,14 +2,27 @@
 --------------------------------------
 
 Required properties:
- - compatible: "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ts" or "allwinner,sun6i-a31-ts"
+ - compatible: "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ts", "allwinner,sun5i-a13-ts" or
+   "allwinner,sun6i-a31-ts"
  - reg: mmio address range of the chip
  - interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected
  - #thermal-sensor-cells: shall be 0
 
 Optional properties:
- - allwinner,ts-attached: boolean indicating that an actual touchscreen is
-			  attached to the controller
+ - allwinner,ts-attached	 : boolean indicating that an actual touchscreen
+				   is attached to the controller
+ - allwinner,tp-sensitive-adjust : integer (4 bits)
+				   adjust sensitivity of pen down detection
+				   between 0 (least sensitive) and 15
+				   (defaults to 15)
+ - allwinner,filter-type	 : integer (2 bits)
+				   select median and averaging filter
+				   samples used for median / averaging filter
+				   0: 4/2
+				   1: 5/3
+				   2: 8/4
+				   3: 16/8
+				   (defaults to 1)
 
 Example:
 
@@ -19,4 +32,7 @@
 		interrupts = <29>;
 		allwinner,ts-attached;
 		#thermal-sensor-cells = <0>;
+		/* sensitive/noisy touch panel */
+		allwinner,tp-sensitive-adjust = <0>;
+		allwinner,filter-type = <3>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sx8654.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sx8654.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5aaa6b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sx8654.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+* Semtech SX8654 I2C Touchscreen Controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "semtech,sx8654"
+- reg: i2c slave address
+- interrupt-parent: the phandle for the interrupt controller
+- interrupts: touch controller interrupt
+
+Example:
+
+	sx8654@48 {
+		compatible = "semtech,sx8654";
+		reg = <0x48>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio6>;
+		interrupts = <3 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt
index d8e0616..ac23caf 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,8 @@
 				  controller)
  - touchscreen-inverted-x	: X axis is inverted (boolean)
  - touchscreen-inverted-y	: Y axis is inverted (boolean)
+ - touchscreen-swapped-x-y	: X and Y axis are swapped (boolean)
+				  Swapping is done after inverting the axis
 
 Deprecated properties for Touchscreens:
  - x-size			: deprecated name for touchscreen-size-x
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm3380-l2-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm3380-l2-intc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f48aad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm3380-l2-intc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Broadcom BCM3380-style Level 1 / Level 2 interrupt controller
+
+This interrupt controller shows up in various forms on many BCM338x/BCM63xx
+chipsets.  It has the following properties:
+
+- outputs a single interrupt signal to its interrupt controller parent
+
+- contains one or more enable/status word pairs, which often appear at
+  different offsets in different blocks
+
+- no atomic set/clear operations
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: should be "brcm,bcm3380-l2-intc"
+- reg: specifies one or more enable/status pairs, in the following format:
+  <enable_reg 0x4 status_reg 0x4>...
+- interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells: specifies the number of cells needed to encode an interrupt
+  source, should be 1.
+- interrupt-parent: specifies the phandle to the parent interrupt controller
+  this one is cascaded from
+- interrupts: specifies the interrupt line in the interrupt-parent controller
+  node, valid values depend on the type of parent interrupt controller
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- brcm,irq-can-wake: if present, this means the L2 controller can be used as a
+  wakeup source for system suspend/resume.
+
+Example:
+
+irq0_intc: interrupt-controller@10000020 {
+	compatible = "brcm,bcm3380-l2-intc";
+	reg = <0x10000024 0x4 0x1000002c 0x4>,
+	      <0x10000020 0x4 0x10000028 0x4>;
+	interrupt-controller;
+	#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+	interrupt-parent = <&cpu_intc>;
+	interrupts = <2>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7038-l1-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7038-l1-intc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc217b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7038-l1-intc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+Broadcom BCM7038-style Level 1 interrupt controller
+
+This block is a first level interrupt controller that is typically connected
+directly to one of the HW INT lines on each CPU.  Every BCM7xxx set-top chip
+since BCM7038 has contained this hardware.
+
+Key elements of the hardware design include:
+
+- 64, 96, 128, or 160 incoming level IRQ lines
+
+- Most onchip peripherals are wired directly to an L1 input
+
+- A separate instance of the register set for each CPU, allowing individual
+  peripheral IRQs to be routed to any CPU
+
+- Atomic mask/unmask operations
+
+- No polarity/level/edge settings
+
+- No FIFO or priority encoder logic; software is expected to read all
+  2-5 status words to determine which IRQs are pending
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: should be "brcm,bcm7038-l1-intc"
+- reg: specifies the base physical address and size of the registers;
+  the number of supported IRQs is inferred from the size argument
+- interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells: specifies the number of cells needed to encode an interrupt
+  source, should be 1.
+- interrupt-parent: specifies the phandle to the parent interrupt controller(s)
+  this one is cascaded from
+- interrupts: specifies the interrupt line(s) in the interrupt-parent controller
+  node; valid values depend on the type of parent interrupt controller
+
+If multiple reg ranges and interrupt-parent entries are present on an SMP
+system, the driver will allow IRQ SMP affinity to be set up through the
+/proc/irq/ interface.  In the simplest possible configuration, only one
+reg range and one interrupt-parent is needed.
+
+Example:
+
+periph_intc: periph_intc@1041a400 {
+        compatible = "brcm,bcm7038-l1-intc";
+        reg = <0x1041a400 0x30 0x1041a600 0x30>;
+
+        interrupt-controller;
+        #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+
+        interrupt-parent = <&cpu_intc>;
+        interrupts = <2>, <3>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7120-l2-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7120-l2-intc.txt
index bae1f21..44a9bb1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7120-l2-intc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7120-l2-intc.txt
@@ -13,8 +13,7 @@
   or if they will output an interrupt signal at this 2nd level interrupt
   controller, in particular for UARTs
 
-- typically has one 32-bit enable word and one 32-bit status word, but on
-  some hardware may have more than one enable/status pair
+- has one 32-bit enable word and one 32-bit status word
 
 - no atomic set/clear operations
 
@@ -53,9 +52,7 @@
 Required properties:
 
 - compatible: should be "brcm,bcm7120-l2-intc"
-- reg: specifies the base physical address and size of the registers;
-  multiple pairs may be specified, with the first pair handling IRQ offsets
-  0..31 and the second pair handling 32..63
+- reg: specifies the base physical address and size of the registers
 - interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller
 - #interrupt-cells: specifies the number of cells needed to encode an interrupt
   source, should be 1.
@@ -66,10 +63,7 @@
 - brcm,int-map-mask: 32-bits bit mask describing how many and which interrupts
   are wired to this 2nd level interrupt controller, and how they match their
   respective interrupt parents. Should match exactly the number of interrupts
-  specified in the 'interrupts' property, multiplied by the number of
-  enable/status register pairs implemented by this controller.  For
-  multiple parent IRQs with multiple enable/status words, this looks like:
-  <irq0_w0 irq0_w1 irq1_w0 irq1_w1 ...>
+  specified in the 'interrupts' property.
 
 Optional properties:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-mx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-mx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4de980
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-mx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+* Xtensa Interrupt Distributor and Programmable Interrupt Controller (MX)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "cdns,xtensa-mx".
+
+Remaining properties have exact same meaning as in Xtensa PIC
+(see cdns,xtensa-pic.txt).
+
+Examples:
+	pic: pic {
+		compatible = "cdns,xtensa-mx";
+		/* one cell: internal irq number,
+		 * two cells: second cell == 0: internal irq number
+		 *            second cell == 1: external irq number
+		 */
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-pic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-pic.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..026ef4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-pic.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+* Xtensa built-in Programmable Interrupt Controller (PIC)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "cdns,xtensa-pic".
+- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts.
+  It may be either 1 or 2.
+  When it's 1, the first cell is the internal IRQ number.
+  When it's 2, the first cell is the IRQ number, and the second cell
+  specifies whether it's internal (0) or external (1).
+  Periferals are usually connected to a fixed external IRQ, but for different
+  core variants it may be mapped to different internal IRQ.
+  IRQ sensitivity and priority are fixed for each core variant and may not be
+  changed at runtime.
+
+Examples:
+	pic: pic {
+		compatible = "cdns,xtensa-pic";
+		/* one cell: internal irq number,
+		 * two cells: second cell == 0: internal irq number
+		 *            second cell == 1: external irq number
+		 */
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt
index 5a65478..aae4c38 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt
@@ -27,8 +27,13 @@
 Required properties for timer sub-node:
 - compatible : Should be "mti,gic-timer".
 - interrupts : Interrupt for the GIC local timer.
+
+Optional properties for timer sub-node:
+- clocks : GIC timer operating clock.
 - clock-frequency : Clock frequency at which the GIC timers operate.
 
+Note that one of clocks or clock-frequency must be specified.
+
 Example:
 
 	gic: interrupt-controller@1bdc0000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/nvidia,tegra-ictlr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/nvidia,tegra-ictlr.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1099fe0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/nvidia,tegra-ictlr.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+NVIDIA Legacy Interrupt Controller
+
+All Tegra SoCs contain a legacy interrupt controller that routes
+interrupts to the GIC, and also serves as a wakeup source. It is also
+referred to as "ictlr", hence the name of the binding.
+
+The HW block exposes a number of interrupt controllers, each
+implementing a set of 32 interrupts.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : should be: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-ictlr". The LIC on
+  subsequent SoCs remained backwards-compatible with Tegra30, so on
+  Tegra generations later than Tegra30 the compatible value should
+  include "nvidia,tegra30-ictlr".	
+- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
+  Each controller must be described separately (Tegra20 has 4 of them,
+  whereas Tegra30 and later have 5"  
+- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+  interrupt source. The value must be 3.
+- interrupt-parent : a phandle to the GIC these interrupts are routed
+  to.
+
+Notes:
+
+- Because this HW ultimately routes interrupts to the GIC, the
+  interrupt specifier must be that of the GIC.
+- Only SPIs can use the ictlr as an interrupt parent. SGIs and PPIs
+  are explicitly forbidden.
+
+Example:
+
+	ictlr: interrupt-controller@60004000 {
+		compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-ictlr", "nvidia,tegra-ictlr";
+		reg = <0x60004000 64>,
+		      <0x60004100 64>,
+		      <0x60004200 64>,
+		      <0x60004300 64>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <3>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt
index 1a88e62..63633bd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 - compatible: has to be "renesas,irqc-<soctype>", "renesas,irqc" as fallback.
   Examples with soctypes are:
-    - "renesas,irqc-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile AP6)
+    - "renesas,irqc-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile APE6)
     - "renesas,irqc-r8a7790" (R-Car H2)
     - "renesas,irqc-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W)
     - "renesas,irqc-r8a7792" (R-Car V2H)
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
     - "renesas,irqc-r8a7794" (R-Car E2)
 - #interrupt-cells: has to be <2>: an interrupt index and flags, as defined in
   interrupts.txt in this directory
+- clocks: Must contain a reference to the functional clock.
 
 Optional properties:
 
@@ -29,4 +30,5 @@
 			     <0 1 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
 			     <0 2 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
 			     <0 3 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		clocks = <&mstp4_clks R8A7790_CLK_IRQC>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,sti-irq-syscfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,sti-irq-syscfg.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ced6014
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,sti-irq-syscfg.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+STMicroelectronics STi System Configuration Controlled IRQs
+-----------------------------------------------------------
+
+On STi based systems; External, CTI (Core Sight), PMU (Performance Management),
+and PL310 L2 Cache IRQs are controlled using System Configuration registers.
+This driver is used to unmask them prior to use.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible	: Should be set to one of:
+			"st,stih415-irq-syscfg"
+			"st,stih416-irq-syscfg"
+			"st,stih407-irq-syscfg"
+			"st,stid127-irq-syscfg"
+- st,syscfg	: Phandle to Cortex-A9 IRQ system config registers
+- st,irq-device	: Array of IRQs to enable - should be 2 in length
+- st,fiq-device	: Array of FIQs to enable - should be 2 in length
+
+Optional properties:
+- st,invert-ext	: External IRQs can be inverted at will.  This property inverts
+		  these IRQs using bitwise logic.  A number of defines have been
+		  provided for convenience:
+			ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_EXT_1_INV
+			ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_EXT_2_INV
+			ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_EXT_3_INV
+Example:
+
+irq-syscfg {
+	compatible    = "st,stih416-irq-syscfg";
+	st,syscfg     = <&syscfg_cpu>;
+	st,irq-device = <ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_PMU_0>,
+			<ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_PMU_1>;
+	st,fiq-device = <ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_DISABLED>,
+			<ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_DISABLED>;
+	st,invert-ext = <(ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_EXT_1_INV | ST_IRQ_SYSCFG_EXT_3_INV)>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,omap4-wugen-mpu b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,omap4-wugen-mpu
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43effa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,omap4-wugen-mpu
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+TI OMAP4 Wake-up Generator
+
+All TI OMAP4/5 (and their derivatives) an interrupt controller that
+routes interrupts to the GIC, and also serves as a wakeup source. It
+is also referred to as "WUGEN-MPU", hence the name of the binding.
+
+Reguired properties:
+
+- compatible : should contain at least "ti,omap4-wugen-mpu" or
+  "ti,omap5-wugen-mpu"
+- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
+- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+  interrupt source. The value must be 3.
+- interrupt-parent : a phandle to the GIC these interrupts are routed
+  to.
+
+Notes:
+
+- Because this HW ultimately routes interrupts to the GIC, the
+  interrupt specifier must be that of the GIC.
+- Only SPIs can use the WUGEN as an interrupt parent. SGIs and PPIs
+  are explicitly forbiden.
+
+Example:
+
+       wakeupgen: interrupt-controller@48281000 {
+               compatible = "ti,omap5-wugen-mpu", "ti,omap4-wugen-mpu";
+               interrupt-controller;
+               #interrupt-cells = <3>;
+               reg = <0x48281000 0x1000>;
+               interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+       };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
index 34811c5..747c538 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
@@ -14,8 +14,10 @@
 - led-sources : List of device current outputs the LED is connected to. The
 		outputs are identified by the numbers that must be defined
 		in the LED device binding documentation.
-- label : The label for this LED.  If omitted, the label is
-  taken from the node name (excluding the unit address).
+- label : The label for this LED. If omitted, the label is taken from the node
+	  name (excluding the unit address). It has to uniquely identify
+	  a device, i.e. no other LED class device can be assigned the same
+	  label.
 
 - linux,default-trigger :  This parameter, if present, is a
     string defining the trigger assigned to the LED.  Current triggers are:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt
index f77148f..fea1ebf 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt
@@ -26,16 +26,18 @@
 
 Examples:
 
+#include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>
+
 leds {
 	compatible = "gpio-leds";
 	hdd {
 		label = "IDE Activity";
-		gpios = <&mcu_pio 0 1>; /* Active low */
+		gpios = <&mcu_pio 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
 		linux,default-trigger = "ide-disk";
 	};
 
 	fault {
-		gpios = <&mcu_pio 1 0>;
+		gpios = <&mcu_pio 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
 		/* Keep LED on if BIOS detected hardware fault */
 		default-state = "keep";
 	};
@@ -44,11 +46,11 @@
 run-control {
 	compatible = "gpio-leds";
 	red {
-		gpios = <&mpc8572 6 0>;
+		gpios = <&mpc8572 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
 		default-state = "off";
 	};
 	green {
-		gpios = <&mpc8572 7 0>;
+		gpios = <&mpc8572 7 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
 		default-state = "on";
 	};
 };
@@ -57,7 +59,7 @@
 	compatible = "gpio-leds";
 
 	charger-led {
-		gpios = <&gpio1 2 0>;
+		gpios = <&gpio1 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
 		linux,default-trigger = "max8903-charger-charging";
 		retain-state-suspended;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pm8941-wled.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pm8941-wled.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a85a964
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pm8941-wled.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Binding for Qualcomm PM8941 WLED driver
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "qcom,pm8941-wled"
+- reg: slave address
+
+Optional properties:
+- label: The label for this led
+  See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+- linux,default-trigger: Default trigger assigned to the LED
+  See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+- qcom,cs-out: bool; enable current sink output
+- qcom,cabc: bool; enable content adaptive backlight control
+- qcom,ext-gen: bool; use externally generated modulator signal to dim
+- qcom,current-limit: mA; per-string current limit; value from 0 to 25
+	default: 20mA
+- qcom,current-boost-limit: mA; boost current limit; one of:
+	105, 385, 525, 805, 980, 1260, 1400, 1680
+	default: 805mA
+- qcom,switching-freq: kHz; switching frequency; one of:
+	600, 640, 685, 738, 800, 872, 960, 1066, 1200, 1371,
+	1600, 1920, 2400, 3200, 4800, 9600,
+	default: 1600kHz
+- qcom,ovp: V; Over-voltage protection limit; one of:
+	27, 29, 32, 35
+	default: 29V
+- qcom,num-strings: #; number of led strings attached; value from 1 to 3
+	default: 2
+
+Example:
+
+pm8941-wled@d800 {
+	compatible = "qcom,pm8941-wled";
+	reg = <0xd800>;
+	label = "backlight";
+
+	qcom,cs-out;
+	qcom,current-limit = <20>;
+	qcom,current-boost-limit = <805>;
+	qcom,switching-freq = <1600>;
+	qcom,ovp = <29>;
+	qcom,num-strings = <2>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/arm-mhu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/arm-mhu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4971f03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/arm-mhu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+ARM MHU Mailbox Driver
+======================
+
+The ARM's Message-Handling-Unit (MHU) is a mailbox controller that has
+3 independent channels/links to communicate with remote processor(s).
+ MHU links are hardwired on a platform. A link raises interrupt for any
+received data. However, there is no specified way of knowing if the sent
+data has been read by the remote. This driver assumes the sender polls
+STAT register and the remote clears it after having read the data.
+The last channel is specified to be a 'Secure' resource, hence can't be
+used by Linux running NS.
+
+Mailbox Device Node:
+====================
+
+Required properties:
+--------------------
+- compatible:		Shall be "arm,mhu" & "arm,primecell"
+- reg:			Contains the mailbox register address range (base
+			address and length)
+- #mbox-cells		Shall be 1 - the index of the channel needed.
+- interrupts:		Contains the interrupt information corresponding to
+			each of the 3 links of MHU.
+
+Example:
+--------
+
+	mhu: mailbox@2b1f0000 {
+		#mbox-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "arm,mhu", "arm,primecell";
+		reg = <0 0x2b1f0000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <0 36 4>, /* LP-NonSecure */
+			     <0 35 4>, /* HP-NonSecure */
+			     <0 37 4>; /* Secure */
+		clocks = <&clock 0 2 1>;
+		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
+	};
+
+	mhu_client: scb@2e000000 {
+		compatible = "fujitsu,mb86s70-scb-1.0";
+		reg = <0 0x2e000000 0x4000>;
+		mboxes = <&mhu 1>; /* HP-NonSecure */
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt
index bf52ed4..4ef4563 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 - compatible	: should be one of:
 		  "samsung,s5pv210-jpeg", "samsung,exynos4210-jpeg",
-		  "samsung,exynos3250-jpeg";
+		  "samsung,exynos3250-jpeg", "samsung,exynos5420-jpeg";
 - reg		: address and length of the JPEG codec IP register set;
 - interrupts	: specifies the JPEG codec IP interrupt;
 - clock-names   : should contain:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2025653
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+* Aptina 1/3-Inch WVGA CMOS Digital Image Sensor
+
+The Aptina MT9V032 is a 1/3-inch CMOS active pixel digital image sensor with
+an active array size of 752H x 480V. It is programmable through a simple
+two-wire serial interface.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: value should be either one among the following
+	(a) "aptina,mt9v022" for MT9V022 color sensor
+	(b) "aptina,mt9v022m" for MT9V022 monochrome sensor
+	(c) "aptina,mt9v024" for MT9V024 color sensor
+	(d) "aptina,mt9v024m" for MT9V024 monochrome sensor
+	(e) "aptina,mt9v032" for MT9V032 color sensor
+	(f) "aptina,mt9v032m" for MT9V032 monochrome sensor
+	(g) "aptina,mt9v034" for MT9V034 color sensor
+	(h) "aptina,mt9v034m" for MT9V034 monochrome sensor
+
+Optional Properties:
+
+- link-frequencies: List of allowed link frequencies in Hz. Each frequency is
+	expressed as a 64-bit big-endian integer.
+
+For further reading on port node refer to
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt.
+
+Example:
+
+	mt9v032@5c {
+		compatible = "aptina,mt9v032";
+		reg = <0x5c>;
+
+		port {
+			mt9v032_out: endpoint {
+				link-frequencies = /bits/ 64
+					<13000000 26600000 27000000>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2640.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2640.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c429b5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2640.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+* Omnivision OV2640 CMOS sensor
+
+The Omnivision OV2640 sensor support multiple resolutions output, such as
+CIF, SVGA, UXGA. It also can support YUV422/420, RGB565/555 or raw RGB
+output format.
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: should be "ovti,ov2640"
+- clocks: reference to the xvclk input clock.
+- clock-names: should be "xvclk".
+
+Optional Properties:
+- resetb-gpios: reference to the GPIO connected to the resetb pin, if any.
+- pwdn-gpios: reference to the GPIO connected to the pwdn pin, if any.
+
+The device node must contain one 'port' child node for its digital output
+video port, in accordance with the video interface bindings defined in
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt.
+
+Example:
+
+	i2c1: i2c@f0018000 {
+		ov2640: camera@0x30 {
+			compatible = "ovti,ov2640";
+			reg = <0x30>;
+
+			pinctrl-names = "default";
+			pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_pck1 &pinctrl_ov2640_pwdn &pinctrl_ov2640_resetb>;
+
+			resetb-gpios = <&pioE 24 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+			pwdn-gpios = <&pioE 29 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+
+			clocks = <&pck1>;
+			clock-names = "xvclk";
+
+			assigned-clocks = <&pck1>;
+			assigned-clock-rates = <25000000>;
+
+			port {
+				ov2640_0: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&isi_0>;
+					bus-width = <8>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2659.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2659.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cabc7d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2659.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+* OV2659 1/5-Inch 2Mp SOC Camera
+
+The Omnivision OV2659 is a 1/5-inch SOC camera, with an active array size of
+1632H x 1212V. It is programmable through a SCCB. The OV2659 sensor supports
+multiple resolutions output, such as UXGA, SVGA, 720p. It also can support
+YUV422, RGB565/555 or raw RGB output formats.
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: Must be "ovti,ov2659"
+- reg: I2C slave address
+- clocks: reference to the xvclk input clock.
+- clock-names: should be "xvclk".
+- link-frequencies: target pixel clock frequency.
+
+For further reading on port node refer to
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt.
+
+Example:
+
+	i2c0@1c22000 {
+		...
+		...
+		 ov2659@30 {
+			compatible = "ovti,ov2659";
+			reg = <0x30>;
+
+			clocks = <&clk_ov2659 0>;
+			clock-names = "xvclk";
+
+			port {
+				ov2659_0: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&vpfe_ep>;
+					link-frequencies = /bits/ 64 <70000000>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+		...
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti,omap3isp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti,omap3isp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac23de8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti,omap3isp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+OMAP 3 ISP Device Tree bindings
+===============================
+
+The DT definitions can be found in include/dt-bindings/media/omap3-isp.h.
+
+Required properties
+===================
+
+compatible	: must contain "ti,omap3-isp"
+
+reg		: the two registers sets (physical address and length) for the
+		  ISP. The first set contains the core ISP registers up to
+		  the end of the SBL block. The second set contains the
+		  CSI PHYs and receivers registers.
+interrupts	: the ISP interrupt specifier
+iommus		: phandle and IOMMU specifier for the IOMMU that serves the ISP
+syscon		: the phandle and register offset to the Complex I/O or CSI-PHY
+		  register
+ti,phy-type	: 0 -- OMAP3ISP_PHY_TYPE_COMPLEX_IO (e.g. 3430)
+		  1 -- OMAP3ISP_PHY_TYPE_CSIPHY (e.g. 3630)
+#clock-cells	: Must be 1 --- the ISP provides two external clocks,
+		  cam_xclka and cam_xclkb, at indices 0 and 1,
+		  respectively. Please find more information on common
+		  clock bindings in ../clock/clock-bindings.txt.
+
+Port nodes (optional)
+---------------------
+
+More documentation on these bindings is available in
+video-interfaces.txt in the same directory.
+
+reg		: The interface:
+		  0 - parallel (CCDC)
+		  1 - CSIPHY1 -- CSI2C / CCP2B on 3630;
+		      CSI1 -- CSIb on 3430
+		  2 - CSIPHY2 -- CSI2A / CCP2B on 3630;
+		      CSI2 -- CSIa on 3430
+
+Optional properties
+===================
+
+vdd-csiphy1-supply : voltage supply of the CSI-2 PHY 1
+vdd-csiphy2-supply : voltage supply of the CSI-2 PHY 2
+
+Endpoint nodes
+--------------
+
+lane-polarities	: lane polarity (required on CSI-2)
+		  0 -- not inverted; 1 -- inverted
+data-lanes	: an array of data lanes from 1 to 3. The length can
+		  be either 1 or 2. (required on CSI-2)
+clock-lanes	: the clock lane (from 1 to 3). (required on CSI-2)
+
+
+Example
+=======
+
+		isp@480bc000 {
+			compatible = "ti,omap3-isp";
+			reg = <0x480bc000 0x12fc
+			       0x480bd800 0x0600>;
+			interrupts = <24>;
+			iommus = <&mmu_isp>;
+			syscon = <&scm_conf 0x2f0>;
+			ti,phy-type = <OMAP3ISP_PHY_TYPE_CSIPHY>;
+			#clock-cells = <1>;
+			ports {
+				#address-cells = <1>;
+				#size-cells = <0>;
+			};
+		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
index 571b4c6..9cd2a36 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
@@ -106,6 +106,12 @@
 - link-frequencies: Allowed data bus frequencies. For MIPI CSI-2, for
   instance, this is the actual frequency of the bus, not bits per clock per
   lane value. An array of 64-bit unsigned integers.
+- lane-polarities: an array of polarities of the lanes starting from the clock
+  lane and followed by the data lanes in the same order as in data-lanes.
+  Valid values are 0 (normal) and 1 (inverted). The length of the array
+  should be the combined length of data-lanes and clock-lanes properties.
+  If the lane-polarities property is omitted, the value must be interpreted
+  as 0 (normal). This property is valid for serial busses only.
 
 
 Example
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/video.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/video.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbd46fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/video.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+DT bindings for Xilinx video IP cores
+-------------------------------------
+
+Xilinx video IP cores process video streams by acting as video sinks and/or
+sources. They are connected by links through their input and output ports,
+creating a video pipeline.
+
+Each video IP core is represented by an AMBA bus child node in the device
+tree using bindings documented in this directory. Connections between the IP
+cores are represented as defined in ../video-interfaces.txt.
+
+The whole  pipeline is represented by an AMBA bus child node in the device
+tree using bindings documented in ./xlnx,video.txt.
+
+Common properties
+-----------------
+
+The following properties are common to all Xilinx video IP cores.
+
+- xlnx,video-format: This property represents a video format transmitted on an
+  AXI bus between video IP cores, using its VF code as defined in "AXI4-Stream
+  Video IP and System Design Guide" [UG934]. How the format relates to the IP
+  core is decribed in the IP core bindings documentation.
+
+- xlnx,video-width: This property qualifies the video format with the sample
+  width expressed as a number of bits per pixel component. All components must
+  use the same width.
+
+- xlnx,cfa-pattern: When the video format is set to Mono/Sensor, this property
+  describes the sensor's color filter array pattern. Supported values are
+  "bggr", "gbrg", "grbg", "rggb" and "mono". If not specified, the pattern
+  defaults to "mono".
+
+
+[UG934] http://www.xilinx.com/support/documentation/ip_documentation/axi_videoip/v1_0/ug934_axi_videoIP.pdf
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2aed3b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+Xilinx Video Timing Controller (VTC)
+------------------------------------
+
+The Video Timing Controller is a general purpose video timing generator and
+detector.
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible: Must be "xlnx,v-tc-6.1".
+
+  - reg: Physical base address and length of the registers set for the device.
+
+  - clocks: Must contain a clock specifier for the VTC core and timing
+    interfaces clock.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+  - xlnx,detector: The VTC has a timing detector
+  - xlnx,generator: The VTC has a timing generator
+
+  At least one of the xlnx,detector and xlnx,generator properties must be
+  specified.
+
+
+Example:
+
+	vtc: vtc@43c40000 {
+		compatible = "xlnx,v-tc-6.1";
+		reg = <0x43c40000 0x10000>;
+
+		clocks = <&clkc 15>;
+		xlnx,generator;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tpg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tpg.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9dd86b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tpg.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+Xilinx Video Test Pattern Generator (TPG)
+-----------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Must contain at least one of
+
+    "xlnx,v-tpg-5.0" (TPG version 5.0)
+    "xlnx,v-tpg-6.0" (TPG version 6.0)
+
+  TPG versions backward-compatible with previous versions should list all
+  compatible versions in the newer to older order.
+
+- reg: Physical base address and length of the registers set for the device.
+
+- clocks: Reference to the video core clock.
+
+- xlnx,video-format, xlnx,video-width: Video format and width, as defined in
+  video.txt.
+
+- port: Video port, using the DT bindings defined in ../video-interfaces.txt.
+  The TPG has a single output port numbered 0.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- xlnx,vtc: A phandle referencing the Video Timing Controller that generates
+  video timings for the TPG test patterns.
+
+- timing-gpios: Specifier for a GPIO that controls the timing mux at the TPG
+  input. The GPIO active level corresponds to the selection of VTC-generated
+  video timings.
+
+The xlnx,vtc and timing-gpios properties are mandatory when the TPG is
+synthesized with two ports and forbidden when synthesized with one port.
+
+Example:
+
+	tpg_0: tpg@40050000 {
+		compatible = "xlnx,v-tpg-6.0", "xlnx,v-tpg-5.0";
+		reg = <0x40050000 0x10000>;
+		clocks = <&clkc 15>;
+
+		xlnx,vtc = <&vtc_3>;
+		timing-gpios = <&ps7_gpio_0 55 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+
+		ports {
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+
+			port@0 {
+				reg = <0>;
+
+				xlnx,video-format = <XVIP_VF_YUV_422>;
+				xlnx,video-width = <8>;
+
+				tpg_in: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&adv7611_out>;
+				};
+			};
+			port@1 {
+				reg = <1>;
+
+				xlnx,video-format = <XVIP_VF_YUV_422>;
+				xlnx,video-width = <8>;
+
+				tpg1_out: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&switch_in0>;
+				};
+			}:
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,video.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,video.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a02270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,video.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+Xilinx Video IP Pipeline (VIPP)
+-------------------------------
+
+General concept
+---------------
+
+Xilinx video IP pipeline processes video streams through one or more Xilinx
+video IP cores. Each video IP core is represented as documented in video.txt
+and IP core specific documentation, xlnx,v-*.txt, in this directory. The DT
+node of the VIPP represents as a top level node of the pipeline and defines
+mappings between DMAs and the video IP cores.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Must be "xlnx,video".
+
+- dmas, dma-names: List of one DMA specifier and identifier string (as defined
+  in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt) per port. Each port
+  requires a DMA channel with the identifier string set to "port" followed by
+  the port index.
+
+- ports: Video port, using the DT bindings defined in ../video-interfaces.txt.
+
+Required port properties:
+
+- direction: should be either "input" or "output" depending on the direction
+  of stream.
+
+Example:
+
+	video_cap {
+		compatible = "xlnx,video";
+		dmas = <&vdma_1 1>, <&vdma_3 1>;
+		dma-names = "port0", "port1";
+
+		ports {
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+
+			port@0 {
+				reg = <0>;
+				direction = "input";
+				vcap0_in0: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&scaler0_out>;
+				};
+			};
+			port@1 {
+				reg = <1>;
+				direction = "input";
+				vcap0_in1: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&switch_out1>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ingenic,jz4780-nemc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ingenic,jz4780-nemc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f936b55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ingenic,jz4780-nemc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+* Ingenic JZ4780 NAND/external memory controller (NEMC)
+
+This file documents the device tree bindings for the NEMC external memory
+controller in Ingenic JZ4780
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be set to one of:
+    "ingenic,jz4780-nemc" (JZ4780)
+- reg: Should specify the NEMC controller registers location and length.
+- clocks: Clock for the NEMC controller.
+- #address-cells: Must be set to 2.
+- #size-cells: Must be set to 1.
+- ranges: A set of ranges for each bank describing the physical memory layout.
+  Each should specify the following 4 integer values:
+
+    <cs number> 0 <physical address of mapping> <size of mapping>
+
+Each child of the NEMC node describes a device connected to the NEMC.
+
+Required child node properties:
+- reg: Should contain at least one register specifier, given in the following
+  format:
+
+    <cs number> <offset> <size>
+
+  Multiple registers can be specified across multiple banks. This is needed,
+  for example, for packaged NAND devices with multiple dies. Such devices
+  should be grouped into a single node.
+
+Optional child node properties:
+- ingenic,nemc-bus-width: Specifies the bus width in bits. Defaults to 8 bits.
+- ingenic,nemc-tAS: Address setup time in nanoseconds.
+- ingenic,nemc-tAH: Address hold time in nanoseconds.
+- ingenic,nemc-tBP: Burst pitch time in nanoseconds.
+- ingenic,nemc-tAW: Access wait time in nanoseconds.
+- ingenic,nemc-tSTRV: Static memory recovery time in nanoseconds.
+
+If a child node references multiple banks in its "reg" property, the same value
+for all optional parameters will be configured for all banks. If any optional
+parameters are omitted, they will be left unchanged from whatever they are
+configured to when the NEMC device is probed (which may be the reset value as
+given in the hardware reference manual, or a value configured by the boot
+loader).
+
+Example (NEMC node with a NAND child device attached at CS1):
+
+nemc: nemc@13410000 {
+	compatible = "ingenic,jz4780-nemc";
+	reg = <0x13410000 0x10000>;
+
+	#address-cells = <2>;
+	#size-cells = <1>;
+
+	ranges = <1 0 0x1b000000 0x1000000
+		  2 0 0x1a000000 0x1000000
+		  3 0 0x19000000 0x1000000
+		  4 0 0x18000000 0x1000000
+		  5 0 0x17000000 0x1000000
+		  6 0 0x16000000 0x1000000>;
+
+	clocks = <&cgu JZ4780_CLK_NEMC>;
+
+	nand: nand@1 {
+		compatible = "ingenic,jz4780-nand";
+		reg = <1 0 0x1000000>;
+
+		ingenic,nemc-tAS = <10>;
+		ingenic,nemc-tAH = <5>;
+		ingenic,nemc-tBP = <10>;
+		ingenic,nemc-tAW = <15>;
+		ingenic,nemc-tSTRV = <100>;
+
+		...
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt
index 7bd1273..7665aa9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
   - compatible : One of the following chip-specific strings:
         "wlf,wm5102"
         "wlf,wm5110"
+        "wlf,wm8280"
         "wlf,wm8997"
   - reg : I2C slave address when connected using I2C, chip select number when
     using SPI.
@@ -26,21 +27,27 @@
   - #gpio-cells : Must be 2. The first cell is the pin number and the
     second cell is used to specify optional parameters (currently unused).
 
-  - AVDD-supply, DBVDD1-supply, DBVDD2-supply, DBVDD3-supply (wm5102, wm5110),
-    CPVDD-supply, SPKVDDL-supply (wm5102, wm5110), SPKVDDR-supply (wm5102,
-    wm5110), SPKVDD-supply (wm8997) : Power supplies for the device, as covered
-    in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
+  - AVDD-supply, DBVDD1-supply, CPVDD-supply : Power supplies for the device,
+    as covered in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
+
+  - DBVDD2-supply, DBVDD3-supply : Additional databus power supplies (wm5102,
+    wm5110, wm8280)
+
+  - SPKVDDL-supply, SPKVDDR-supply : Speaker driver power supplies (wm5102,
+    wm5110, wm8280)
+
+  - SPKVDD-supply : Speaker driver power supply (wm8997)
 
 Optional properties:
 
   - wlf,reset : GPIO specifier for the GPIO controlling /RESET
   - wlf,ldoena : GPIO specifier for the GPIO controlling LDOENA
 
-  - wlf,gpio-defaults : A list of GPIO configuration register values. If
-    absent, no configuration of these registers is performed. If any
-    entry has a value that is out of range for a 16 bit register then
-    the chip default will be used.  If present exactly five values must
-    be specified.
+  - wlf,gpio-defaults : A list of GPIO configuration register values. Defines
+    for the appropriate values can found in <dt-bindings/mfd/arizona.txt>. If
+    absent, no configuration of these registers is performed. If any entry has
+    a value that is out of range for a 16 bit register then the chip default
+    will be used. If present exactly five values must be specified.
 
   - wlf,inmode : A list of INn_MODE register values, where n is the number
     of input signals. Valid values are 0 (Differential), 1 (Single-ended) and
@@ -49,6 +56,12 @@
     input singals. If values less than the number of input signals, elements
     that has not been specifed are set to 0 by default.
 
+  - wlf,dmic-ref : DMIC reference voltage source for each input, can be
+    selected from either MICVDD or one of the MICBIAS's, defines
+    (ARIZONA_DMIC_xxxx) are provided in <dt-bindings/mfd/arizona.txt>. If
+    present, the number of values should be less than or equal to the
+    number of inputs, unspecified inputs will use the chip default.
+
   - DCVDD-supply, MICVDD-supply : Power supplies, only need to be specified if
     they are being externally supplied. As covered in
     Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
@@ -73,10 +86,10 @@
 	#gpio-cells = <2>;
 
 	wlf,gpio-defaults = <
-		0x00000000 /* AIF1TXLRCLK */
-		0xffffffff
-		0xffffffff
-		0xffffffff
-		0xffffffff
+		ARIZONA_GP_FN_TXLRCLK
+		ARIZONA_GP_DEFAULT
+		ARIZONA_GP_DEFAULT
+		ARIZONA_GP_DEFAULT
+		ARIZONA_GP_DEFAULT
 	>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98685f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+AXP202/AXP209 device tree bindings
+
+The axp20x family current members :
+axp202 (X-Powers)
+axp209 (X-Powers)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "x-powers,axp202" or "x-powers,axp209"
+- reg: The I2C slave address for the AXP chip
+- interrupt-parent: The parent interrupt controller
+- interrupts: SoC NMI / GPIO interrupt connected to the PMIC's IRQ pin
+- interrupt-controller: axp20x has its own internal IRQs
+- #interrupt-cells: Should be set to 1
+
+Optional properties:
+- x-powers,dcdc-freq: defines the work frequency of DC-DC in KHz
+		      (range: 750-1875). Default: 1.5MHz
+- <input>-supply: a phandle to the regulator supply node. May be omitted if
+		  inputs are unregulated, such as using the IPSOUT output
+		  from the PMIC.
+
+- regulators: A node that houses a sub-node for each regulator. Regulators
+	      not used but preferred to be managed by the OS should be
+	      listed as well.
+	      See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
+	      for more information on standard regulator bindings.
+
+Optional properties for DCDC regulators:
+- x-powers,dcdc-workmode: 1 for PWM mode, 0 for AUTO (PWM/PFM) mode
+			  Default: Current hardware setting
+			  The DCDC regulators work in a mixed PWM/PFM mode,
+			  using PFM under light loads and switching to PWM
+			  for heavier loads. Forcing PWM mode trades efficiency
+			  under light loads for lower output noise. This
+			  probably makes sense for HiFi audio related
+			  applications that aren't battery constrained.
+
+
+AXP202/AXP209 regulators, type, and corresponding input supply names:
+
+Regulator	  Type		  Supply Name		  Notes
+---------	  ----		  -----------		  -----
+DCDC2		: DC-DC buck	: vin2-supply
+DCDC3		: DC-DC	buck	: vin3-supply
+LDO1		: LDO		: acin-supply		: always on
+LDO2		: LDO		: ldo24in-supply	: shared supply
+LDO3		: LDO		: ldo3in-supply
+LDO4		: LDO		: ldo24in-supply	: shared supply
+LDO5		: LDO		: ldo5in-supply
+
+Example:
+
+axp209: pmic@34 {
+	compatible = "x-powers,axp209";
+	reg = <0x34>;
+	interrupt-parent = <&nmi_intc>;
+	interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+	interrupt-controller;
+	#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+
+	regulators {
+		x-powers,dcdc-freq = <1500>;
+
+		vdd_cpu: dcdc2 {
+			regulator-always-on;
+			regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>;
+			regulator-max-microvolt = <1450000>;
+			regulator-name = "vdd-cpu";
+		};
+
+		vdd_int_dll: dcdc3 {
+			regulator-always-on;
+			regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>;
+			regulator-max-microvolt = <1400000>;
+			regulator-name = "vdd-int-dll";
+		};
+
+		vdd_rtc: ldo1 {
+			regulator-always-on;
+			regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>;
+			regulator-max-microvolt = <1400000>;
+			regulator-name = "vdd-rtc";
+		};
+
+		avcc: ldo2 {
+			regulator-always-on;
+			regulator-min-microvolt = <2700000>;
+			regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+			regulator-name = "avcc";
+		};
+
+		ldo3 {
+			/* unused but preferred to be managed by OS */
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bcm590xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/brcm,bcm59056.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bcm590xx.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/brcm,bcm59056.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9150.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9150.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0588ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9150.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Dialog Semiconductor DA9150 Combined Charger/Fuel-Gauge MFD bindings
+
+DA9150 consists of a group of sub-devices:
+
+Device			 Description
+------			 -----------
+da9150-gpadc		: General Purpose ADC
+da9150-charger		: Battery Charger
+
+======
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "dlg,da9150"
+- reg: Specifies the I2C slave address
+- interrupt-parent: Specifies the phandle of the interrupt controller to which
+  the IRQs from da9150 are delivered to.
+- interrupts: IRQ line info for da9150 chip.
+- interrupt-controller: da9150 has internal IRQs (own IRQ domain).
+  (See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for
+   further information relating to interrupt properties)
+
+Sub-devices:
+- da9150-gpadc: See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/da9150-gpadc.txt
+- da9150-charger: See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/da9150-charger.txt
+
+
+Example:
+
+	charger_fg: da9150@58 {
+		compatible = "dlg,da9150";
+		reg = <0x58>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio6>;
+		interrupts = <11 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+
+		gpadc: da9150-gpadc {
+			...
+		};
+
+		da9150-charger {
+			...
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15043e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+MediaTek MT6397 Multifunction Device Driver
+
+MT6397 is a multifunction device with the following sub modules:
+- Regulator
+- RTC
+- Audio codec
+- GPIO
+- Clock
+
+It is interfaced to host controller using SPI interface by a proprietary hardware
+called PMIC wrapper or pwrap. MT6397 MFD is a child device of pwrap.
+See the following for pwarp node definitions:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/pwrap.txt
+
+This document describes the binding for MFD device and its sub module.
+
+Required properties:
+compatible: "mediatek,mt6397"
+
+Optional subnodes:
+
+- rtc
+	Required properties:
+		- compatible: "mediatek,mt6397-rtc"
+- regulators
+	Required properties:
+		- compatible: "mediatek,mt6397-regulator"
+	see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mt6397-regulator.txt
+- codec
+	Required properties:
+		- compatible: "mediatek,mt6397-codec"
+- clk
+	Required properties:
+		- compatible: "mediatek,mt6397-clk"
+
+Example:
+	pwrap: pwrap@1000f000 {
+		compatible = "mediatek,mt8135-pwrap";
+
+		...
+
+		pmic {
+			compatible = "mediatek,mt6397";
+
+			codec: mt6397codec {
+				compatible = "mediatek,mt6397-codec";
+			};
+
+			regulators {
+				compatible = "mediatek,mt6397-regulator";
+
+				mt6397_vpca15_reg: buck_vpca15 {
+					regulator-compatible = "buck_vpca15";
+					regulator-name = "vpca15";
+					regulator-min-microvolt = <850000>;
+					regulator-max-microvolt = <1400000>;
+					regulator-ramp-delay = <12500>;
+					regulator-always-on;
+				};
+
+				mt6397_vgp4_reg: ldo_vgp4 {
+					regulator-compatible = "ldo_vgp4";
+					regulator-name = "vgp4";
+					regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>;
+					regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+					regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <218>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.txt
index 7182b88..6ac06c1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.txt
@@ -15,10 +15,21 @@
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible:      Should contain one of:
-                     "qcom,pm8941"
-                     "qcom,pm8841"
-                     "qcom,pma8084"
-                     or generalized "qcom,spmi-pmic".
+                   "qcom,pm8941",
+                   "qcom,pm8841",
+                   "qcom,pma8084",
+                   "qcom,pm8019",
+                   "qcom,pm8226",
+                   "qcom,pm8110",
+                   "qcom,pma8084",
+                   "qcom,pmi8962",
+                   "qcom,pmd9635",
+                   "qcom,pm8994",
+                   "qcom,pmi8994",
+                   "qcom,pm8916",
+                   "qcom,pm8004",
+                   "qcom,pm8909",
+                   or generalized "qcom,spmi-pmic".
 - reg:             Specifies the SPMI USID slave address for this device.
                    For more information see:
                    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/spmi.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e90519d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+QCOM Top Control and Status Register
+
+Qualcomm devices have a set of registers that provide various control and status
+functions for their peripherals.  This node is intended to allow access to these
+registers via syscon.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:	Should contain:
+		"qcom,tcsr-ipq8064", "syscon" for IPQ8064
+		"qcom,tcsr-apq8064", "syscon" for APQ8064
+		"qcom,tcsr-msm8660", "syscon" for MSM8660
+		"qcom,tcsr-msm8960", "syscon" for MSM8960
+		"qcom,tcsr-msm8974", "syscon" for MSM8974
+		"qcom,tcsr-apq8084", "syscon" for APQ8084
+		"qcom,tcsr-msm8916", "syscon" for MSM8916
+- reg: Address range for TCSR registers
+
+Example:
+	tcsr: syscon@1a400000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,tcsr-msm8960", "syscon";
+		reg = <0x1a400000 0x100>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt
index 85e3198..5e97a95 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
 		    "qcom,rpm-apq8064"
 		    "qcom,rpm-msm8660"
 		    "qcom,rpm-msm8960"
+		    "qcom,rpm-ipq8064"
 
 - reg:
 	Usage: required
@@ -31,16 +32,6 @@
 	Value type: <string-array>
 	Definition: must be the three strings "ack", "err" and "wakeup", in order
 
-- #address-cells:
-	Usage: required
-	Value type: <u32>
-	Definition: must be 1
-
-- #size-cells:
-	Usage: required
-	Value type: <u32>
-	Definition: must be 0
-
 - qcom,ipc:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
@@ -52,6 +43,188 @@
 		    - u32 representing the ipc bit within the register
 
 
+= SUBNODES
+
+The RPM exposes resources to its subnodes. The below bindings specify the set
+of valid subnodes that can operate on these resources.
+
+== Regulators
+
+Regulator nodes are identified by their compatible:
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: must be one of:
+		    "qcom,rpm-pm8058-regulators"
+		    "qcom,rpm-pm8901-regulators"
+		    "qcom,rpm-pm8921-regulators"
+
+- vdd_l0_l1_lvs-supply:
+- vdd_l2_l11_l12-supply:
+- vdd_l3_l4_l5-supply:
+- vdd_l6_l7-supply:
+- vdd_l8-supply:
+- vdd_l9-supply:
+- vdd_l10-supply:
+- vdd_l13_l16-supply:
+- vdd_l14_l15-supply:
+- vdd_l17_l18-supply:
+- vdd_l19_l20-supply:
+- vdd_l21-supply:
+- vdd_l22-supply:
+- vdd_l23_l24_l25-supply:
+- vdd_ncp-supply:
+- vdd_s0-supply:
+- vdd_s1-supply:
+- vdd_s2-supply:
+- vdd_s3-supply:
+- vdd_s4-supply:
+	Usage: optional (pm8058 only)
+	Value type: <phandle>
+	Definition: reference to regulator supplying the input pin, as
+		    described in the data sheet
+
+- lvs0_in-supply:
+- lvs1_in-supply:
+- lvs2_in-supply:
+- lvs3_in-supply:
+- mvs_in-supply:
+- vdd_l0-supply:
+- vdd_l1-supply:
+- vdd_l2-supply:
+- vdd_l3-supply:
+- vdd_l4-supply:
+- vdd_l5-supply:
+- vdd_l6-supply:
+- vdd_s0-supply:
+- vdd_s1-supply:
+- vdd_s2-supply:
+- vdd_s3-supply:
+- vdd_s4-supply:
+	Usage: optional (pm8901 only)
+	Value type: <phandle>
+	Definition: reference to regulator supplying the input pin, as
+		    described in the data sheet
+
+- vdd_l1_l2_l12_l18-supply:
+- vdd_l3_l15_l17-supply:
+- vdd_l4_l14-supply:
+- vdd_l5_l8_l16-supply:
+- vdd_l6_l7-supply:
+- vdd_l9_l11-supply:
+- vdd_l10_l22-supply:
+- vdd_l21_l23_l29-supply:
+- vdd_l24-supply:
+- vdd_l25-supply:
+- vdd_l26-supply:
+- vdd_l27-supply:
+- vdd_l28-supply:
+- vdd_ncp-supply:
+- vdd_s1-supply:
+- vdd_s2-supply:
+- vdd_s4-supply:
+- vdd_s5-supply:
+- vdd_s6-supply:
+- vdd_s7-supply:
+- vdd_s8-supply:
+- vin_5vs-supply:
+- vin_lvs1_3_6-supply:
+- vin_lvs2-supply:
+- vin_lvs4_5_7-supply:
+	Usage: optional (pm8921 only)
+	Value type: <phandle>
+	Definition: reference to regulator supplying the input pin, as
+		    described in the data sheet
+
+The regulator node houses sub-nodes for each regulator within the device. Each
+sub-node is identified using the node's name, with valid values listed for each
+of the pmics below.
+
+pm8058:
+	l0, l1, l2, l3, l4, l5, l6, l7, l8, l9, l10, l11, l12, l13, l14, l15,
+	l16, l17, l18, l19, l20, l21, l22, l23, l24, l25, s0, s1, s2, s3, s4,
+	lvs0, lvs1, ncp
+
+pm8901:
+	l0, l1, l2, l3, l4, l5, l6, s0, s1, s2, s3, s4, lvs0, lvs1, lvs2, lvs3,
+	mvs
+
+pm8921:
+	s1, s2, s3, s4, s7, s8, l1, l2, l3, l4, l5, l6, l7, l8, l9, l10, l11,
+	l12, l14, l15, l16, l17, l18, l21, l22, l23, l24, l25, l26, l27, l28,
+	l29, lvs1, lvs2, lvs3, lvs4, lvs5, lvs6, lvs7, usb-switch, hdmi-switch,
+	ncp
+
+The content of each sub-node is defined by the standard binding for regulators -
+see regulator.txt - with additional custom properties described below:
+
+=== Switch-mode Power Supply regulator custom properties
+
+- bias-pull-down:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <empty>
+	Definition: enable pull down of the regulator when inactive
+
+- qcom,switch-mode-frequency:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: Frequency (Hz) of the switch-mode power supply;
+		    must be one of:
+		    19200000, 9600000, 6400000, 4800000, 3840000, 3200000,
+		    2740000, 2400000, 2130000, 1920000, 1750000, 1600000,
+		    1480000, 1370000, 1280000, 1200000
+
+- qcom,force-mode:
+	Usage: optional (default if no other qcom,force-mode is specified)
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Defintion: indicates that the regulator should be forced to a
+		   particular mode, valid values are:
+		   QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_NONE - do not force any mode
+		   QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_LPM - force into low power mode
+		   QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_HPM - force into high power mode
+		   QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_AUTO - allow regulator to automatically
+					      select its own mode based on
+					      realtime current draw, only for:
+					      pm8921 smps and ftsmps
+
+- qcom,power-mode-hysteretic:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <empty>
+	Definition: select that the power supply should operate in hysteretic
+		    mode, instead of the default pwm mode
+
+=== Low-dropout regulator custom properties
+
+- bias-pull-down:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <empty>
+	Definition: enable pull down of the regulator when inactive
+
+- qcom,force-mode:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Defintion: indicates that the regulator should not be forced to any
+		   particular mode, valid values are:
+		   QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_NONE - do not force any mode
+		   QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_LPM - force into low power mode
+		   QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_HPM - force into high power mode
+		   QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_BYPASS - set regulator to use bypass
+						mode, i.e.  to act as a switch
+						and not regulate, only for:
+						pm8921 pldo, nldo and nldo1200
+
+=== Negative Charge Pump custom properties
+
+- qcom,switch-mode-frequency:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: Frequency (Hz) of the swith mode power supply;
+		    must be one of:
+		    19200000, 9600000, 6400000, 4800000, 3840000, 3200000,
+		    2740000, 2400000, 2130000, 1920000, 1750000, 1600000,
+		    1480000, 1370000, 1280000, 1200000
+
 = EXAMPLE
 
 	#include <dt-bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.h>
@@ -64,7 +237,28 @@
 		interrupts = <0 19 0>, <0 21 0>, <0 22 0>;
 		interrupt-names = "ack", "err", "wakeup";
 
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		#size-cells = <0>;
+		regulators {
+			compatible = "qcom,rpm-pm8921-regulators";
+			vdd_l1_l2_l12_l18-supply = <&pm8921_s4>;
+
+			s1 {
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1225000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1225000>;
+
+				bias-pull-down;
+
+				qcom,switch-mode-frequency = <3200000>;
+			};
+
+			pm8921_s4: s4 {
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
+
+				qcom,switch-mode-frequency = <1600000>;
+				bias-pull-down;
+
+				qcom,force-mode = <QCOM_RPM_FORCE_MODE_AUTO>;
+			};
+		};
 	};
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sky81452.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sky81452.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3518179
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sky81452.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+SKY81452 bindings
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible	: Must be "skyworks,sky81452"
+- reg		: I2C slave address
+
+Required child nodes:
+- backlight	: container node for backlight following the binding
+		in video/backlight/sky81452-backlight.txt
+- regulator	: container node for regulators following the binding
+		in regulator/sky81452-regulator.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	sky81452@2c {
+		compatible = "skyworks,sky81452";
+		reg = <0x2c>;
+
+		backlight {
+			compatible = "skyworks,sky81452-backlight";
+			name = "pwm-backlight";
+			led-sources = <0 1 2 3 6>;
+			skyworks,ignore-pwm;
+			skyworks,phase-shift;
+			skyworks,current-limit = <2300>;
+		};
+
+		regulator {
+			lout {
+				regulator-name = "sky81452-lout";
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <4500000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <8000000>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bcm3384-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bcm3384-intc.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index d4e0141..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bcm3384-intc.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-* Interrupt Controller
-
-Properties:
-- compatible: "brcm,bcm3384-intc"
-
-  Compatibility with BCM3384 and possibly other BCM33xx/BCM63xx SoCs.
-
-- reg: Address/length pairs for each mask/status register set.  Length must
-  be 8.  If multiple register sets are specified, the first set will
-  handle IRQ offsets 0..31, the second set 32..63, and so on.
-
-- interrupt-controller: This is an interrupt controller.
-
-- #interrupt-cells: Must be <1>.  Just a simple IRQ offset; no level/edge
-  or polarity configuration is possible with this controller.
-
-- interrupt-parent: This controller is cascaded from a MIPS CPU HW IRQ, or
-  from another INTC.
-
-- interrupts: The IRQ on the parent controller.
-
-Example:
-	periph_intc: periph_intc@14e00038 {
-		compatible = "brcm,bcm3384-intc";
-
-		/*
-		 * IRQs 0..31:  mask reg 0x14e00038, status reg 0x14e0003c
-		 * IRQs 32..63: mask reg 0x14e00340, status reg 0x14e00344
-		 */
-		reg = <0x14e00038 0x8 0x14e00340 0x8>;
-
-		interrupt-controller;
-		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
-
-		interrupt-parent = <&cpu_intc>;
-		interrupts = <4>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bmips.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/brcm,bmips.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bmips.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/brcm,bmips.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/cm-dsl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/cm-dsl.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a139cb..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/cm-dsl.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-* Broadcom cable/DSL platforms
-
-SoCs:
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: "brcm,bcm3384", "brcm,bcm33843"
-
-Boards:
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: "brcm,bcm93384wvg"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/soc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/soc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bab90c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/soc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+* Broadcom cable/DSL/settop platforms
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: "brcm,bcm3384", "brcm,bcm33843"
+              "brcm,bcm3384-viper", "brcm,bcm33843-viper"
+              "brcm,bcm6328", "brcm,bcm6368",
+              "brcm,bcm7125", "brcm,bcm7346", "brcm,bcm7358", "brcm,bcm7360",
+              "brcm,bcm7362", "brcm,bcm7420", "brcm,bcm7425"
+
+The experimental -viper variants are for running Linux on the 3384's
+BMIPS4355 cable modem CPU instead of the BMIPS5000 application processor.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/img/pistachio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/img/pistachio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a736d88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/img/pistachio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+Imagination Pistachio SoC
+=========================
+
+Required properties:
+--------------------
+ - compatible: Must include "img,pistachio".
+
+CPU nodes:
+----------
+A "cpus" node is required.  Required properties:
+ - #address-cells: Must be 1.
+ - #size-cells: Must be 0.
+A CPU sub-node is also required for at least CPU 0.  Since the topology may
+be probed via CPS, it is not necessary to specify secondary CPUs.  Required
+propertis:
+ - device_type: Must be "cpu".
+ - compatible: Must be "mti,interaptiv".
+ - reg: CPU number.
+ - clocks: Must include the CPU clock.  See ../../clock/clock-bindings.txt for
+   details on clock bindings.
+Example:
+	cpus {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		cpu0: cpu@0 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "mti,interaptiv";
+			reg = <0>;
+			clocks = <&clk_core CLK_MIPS>;
+		};
+	};
+
+
+Boot protocol:
+--------------
+In accordance with the MIPS UHI specification[1], the bootloader must pass the
+following arguments to the kernel:
+ - $a0: -2.
+ - $a1: KSEG0 address of the flattened device-tree blob.
+
+[1] http://prplfoundation.org/wiki/MIPS_documentation
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/smc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/brcm,kona-smc.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/smc.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/brcm,kona-smc.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lis302.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lis302.txt
index 6def86f..2a19bff 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lis302.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lis302.txt
@@ -46,11 +46,18 @@
 				interrupt 2
  - st,wakeup-{x,y,z}-{lo,hi}:	set wakeup condition on x/y/z axis for
 				upper/lower limit
+ - st,wakeup-threshold:		set wakeup threshold
+ - st,wakeup2-{x,y,z}-{lo,hi}:	set wakeup condition on x/y/z axis for
+				upper/lower limit for second wakeup
+				engine.
+ - st,wakeup2-threshold:	set wakeup threshold for second wakeup
+				engine.
  - st,highpass-cutoff-hz=:	1, 2, 4 or 8 for 1Hz, 2Hz, 4Hz or 8Hz of
 				highpass cut-off frequency
  - st,hipass{1,2}-disable:	disable highpass 1/2.
  - st,default-rate=:		set the default rate
- - st,axis-{x,y,z}=:		set the axis to map to the three coordinates
+ - st,axis-{x,y,z}=:		set the axis to map to the three coordinates.
+				Negative values can be used for inverted axis.
  - st,{min,max}-limit-{x,y,z}	set the min/max limits for x/y/z axis
 				(used by self-test)
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/kona-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,kona-sdhci.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/kona-sdhci.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,kona-sdhci.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,sdhci-iproc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,sdhci-iproc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72cc9cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,sdhci-iproc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+Broadcom IPROC SDHCI controller
+
+This file documents differences between the core properties described
+by mmc.txt and the properties that represent the IPROC SDHCI controller.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "brcm,sdhci-iproc-cygnus".
+- clocks : The clock feeding the SDHCI controller.
+
+Optional properties:
+  - sdhci,auto-cmd12: specifies that controller should use auto CMD12.
+
+Example:
+
+sdhci0: sdhci@0x18041000 {
+	compatible = "brcm,sdhci-iproc-cygnus";
+	reg = <0x18041000 0x100>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 108 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	clocks = <&lcpll0_clks BCM_CYGNUS_LCPLL0_SDIO_CLK>;
+	bus-width = <4>;
+	sdhci,auto-cmd12;
+	no-1-8-v;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
index ee4fc05..aad9844 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
@@ -36,6 +36,8 @@
   in transmit mode and CIU clock phase shift value in receive mode for double
   data rate mode operation. Refer notes below for the order of the cells and the
   valid values.
+* samsung,dw-mshc-hs400-timing: Specifies the value of CIU TX and RX clock phase
+  shift value for hs400 mode operation.
 
   Notes for the sdr-timing and ddr-timing values:
 
@@ -50,6 +52,9 @@
       - if CIU clock divider value is 0 (that is divide by 1), both tx and rx
         phase shift clocks should be 0.
 
+* samsung,read-strobe-delay: RCLK (Data strobe) delay to control HS400 mode
+  (Latency value for delay line in Read path)
+
 Required properties for a slot (Deprecated - Recommend to use one slot per host):
 
 * gpios: specifies a list of gpios used for command, clock and data bus. The
@@ -82,5 +87,7 @@
 		samsung,dw-mshc-ciu-div = <3>;
 		samsung,dw-mshc-sdr-timing = <2 3>;
 		samsung,dw-mshc-ddr-timing = <1 2>;
+		samsung,dw-mshc-hs400-timing = <0 2>;
+		samsung,read-strobe-delay = <90>;
 		bus-width = <8>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt
index 9046ba06..415c557 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt
@@ -17,6 +17,10 @@
   to select a proper data sampling window in case the clock quality is not good
   due to signal path is too long on the board. Please refer to eSDHC/uSDHC
   chapter, DLL (Delay Line) section in RM for details.
+- voltage-ranges : Specify the voltage range in case there are software
+  transparent level shifters on the outputs of the controller. Two cells are
+  required, first cell specifies minimum slot voltage (mV), second cell
+  specifies maximum slot voltage (mV). Several ranges could be specified.
 
 Examples:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-card.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-card.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a70fcd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-card.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+mmc-card / eMMC bindings
+------------------------
+
+This documents describes the devicetree bindings for a mmc-host controller
+child node describing a mmc-card / an eMMC, see "Use of Function subnodes"
+in mmc.txt
+
+Required properties:
+-compatible : Must be "mmc-card"
+-reg        : Must be <0>
+
+Optional properties:
+-broken-hpi : Use this to indicate that the mmc-card has a broken hpi
+              implementation, and that hpi should not be used
+
+Example:
+
+&mmc2 {
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&mmc2_pins_a>;
+	vmmc-supply = <&reg_vcc3v3>;
+	bus-width = <8>;
+	non-removable;
+	status = "okay";
+
+	mmccard: mmccard@0 {
+		reg = <0>;
+		compatible = "mmc-card";
+		broken-hpi;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-st.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-st.txt
index 7527db4..18d950d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-st.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-st.txt
@@ -5,20 +5,62 @@
 used by the sdhci-st driver.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible :  Must be "st,sdhci"
-- clock-names : Should be "mmc"
-                See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/resource-names.txt
-- clocks :      Phandle of the clock used by the sdhci controler
-                See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+- compatible:		Must be "st,sdhci" and it can be compatible to "st,sdhci-stih407"
+			to set the internal glue logic used for configuring the MMC
+			subsystem (mmcss) inside the FlashSS (available in STiH407 SoC
+			family).
+
+- clock-names:		Should be "mmc".
+			See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/resource-names.txt
+- clocks:		Phandle to the clock.
+			See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+- interrupts:		One mmc interrupt should be described here.
+- interrupt-names:	Should be "mmcirq".
+
+- pinctrl-names:	A pinctrl state names "default" must be defined.
+- pinctrl-0:		Phandle referencing pin configuration of the sd/emmc controller.
+			See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-binding.txt
+
+- reg:			This must provide the host controller base address and it can also
+			contain the FlashSS Top register for TX/RX delay used by the driver
+			to configure DLL inside the flashSS, if so reg-names must also be
+			specified.
 
 Optional properties:
-- non-removable: non-removable slot
-                 See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
-- bus-width: Number of data lines
-                 See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
+- reg-names:		Should be "mmc" and "top-mmc-delay". "top-mmc-delay" is optional
+			for eMMC on stih407 family silicon to configure DLL inside FlashSS.
+
+- non-removable:	Non-removable slot. Also used for configuring mmcss in STiH407 SoC
+			family.
+			See:  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt.
+
+- bus-width:		Number of data lines.
+			See:  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt.
+
+- max-frequency: 	Can be 200MHz, 100Mz or 50MHz (default) and used for
+			configuring the CCONFIG3 in the mmcss.
+			See:  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt.
+
+- resets:		Phandle and reset specifier pair to softreset line of HC IP.
+			See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/reset.txt
+
+- vqmmc-supply:		Phandle to the regulator dt node, mentioned as the vcc/vdd
+			supply in eMMC/SD specs.
+
+- sd-uhs--sdr50:	To enable the SDR50 in the mmcss.
+			See:  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt.
+
+- sd-uhs-sdr104:	To enable the SDR104 in the mmcss.
+			See:  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt.
+
+- sd-uhs-ddr50:		To enable the DDR50 in the mmcss.
+			See:  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt.
 
 Example:
 
+/* Example stih416e eMMC configuration */
+
 mmc0: sdhci@fe81e000 {
 	compatible	= "st,sdhci";
 	status		= "disabled";
@@ -29,5 +71,43 @@
 	pinctrl-0	= <&pinctrl_mmc0>;
 	clock-names	= "mmc";
 	clocks		= <&clk_s_a1_ls 1>;
-	bus-width       = <8>
+	bus-width	= <8>
+
+/* Example SD stih407 family configuration */
+
+mmc1: sdhci@09080000 {
+	compatible	= "st,sdhci-stih407", "st,sdhci";
+	status		= "disabled";
+	reg		= <0x09080000 0x7ff>;
+	reg-names	= "mmc";
+	interrupts	= <GIC_SPI 90 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>;
+	interrupt-names	= "mmcirq";
+	pinctrl-names	= "default";
+	pinctrl-0	= <&pinctrl_sd1>;
+	clock-names	= "mmc";
+	clocks		= <&clk_s_c0_flexgen CLK_MMC_1>;
+	resets		= <&softreset STIH407_MMC1_SOFTRESET>;
+	bus-width	= <4>;
+};
+
+/* Example eMMC stih407 family configuration */
+
+mmc0: sdhci@09060000 {
+	compatible	= "st,sdhci-stih407", "st,sdhci";
+	status		= "disabled";
+	reg		= <0x09060000 0x7ff>, <0x9061008 0x20>;
+	reg-names	= "mmc", "top-mmc-delay";
+	interrupts	= <GIC_SPI 92 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>;
+	interrupt-names	= "mmcirq";
+	pinctrl-names	= "default";
+	pinctrl-0	= <&pinctrl_mmc0>;
+	clock-names	= "mmc";
+	clocks		= <&clk_s_c0_flexgen CLK_MMC_0>;
+	vqmmc-supply	= <&vmmc_reg>;
+	max-frequency	= <200000000>;
+	bus-width	= <8>;
+	non-removable;
+	sd-uhs-sdr50;
+	sd-uhs-sdr104;
+	sd-uhs-ddr50;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/m25p80.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/m25p80.txt
index 4611aa8..f20b111 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/m25p80.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/m25p80.txt
@@ -3,10 +3,13 @@
 Required properties:
 - #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes
   representing partitions.
-- compatible : Should be the manufacturer and the name of the chip. Bear in mind
-               the DT binding is not Linux-only, but in case of Linux, see the
-               "spi_nor_ids" table in drivers/mtd/spi-nor/spi-nor.c for the list
-               of supported chips.
+- compatible : May include a device-specific string consisting of the
+               manufacturer and name of the chip. Bear in mind the DT binding
+               is not Linux-only, but in case of Linux, see the "m25p_ids"
+               table in drivers/mtd/devices/m25p80.c for the list of supported
+               chips.
+               Must also include "nor-jedec" for any SPI NOR flash that can be
+               identified by the JEDEC READ ID opcode (0x9F).
 - reg : Chip-Select number
 - spi-max-frequency : Maximum frequency of the SPI bus the chip can operate at
 
@@ -22,7 +25,7 @@
 	flash: m25p80@0 {
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <1>;
-		compatible = "spansion,m25p80";
+		compatible = "spansion,m25p80", "nor-jedec";
 		reg = <0>;
 		spi-max-frequency = <40000000>;
 		m25p,fast-read;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt
index de8b517..4f833e3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
  - marvell,nand-enable-arbiter:	Set to enable the bus arbiter
  - marvell,nand-keep-config:	Set to keep the NAND controller config as set
 				by the bootloader
- - num-cs:			Number of chipselect lines to usw
+ - num-cs:			Number of chipselect lines to use
  - nand-on-flash-bbt: 		boolean to enable on flash bbt option if
 				not present false
  - nand-ecc-strength:           number of bits to correct per ECC step
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt
index 0273adb..086d6f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 - nand-ecc-mode : one of the supported ECC modes ("hw", "hw_syndrome", "soft",
   "soft_bch" or "none")
 
-see Documentation/devicetree/mtd/nand.txt for generic bindings.
+see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt for generic bindings.
 
 
 Examples:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt
index 6151999..f55aa28 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt
@@ -14,7 +14,11 @@
   - "enet_csr": Ethernet control and status register address space
   - "ring_csr": Descriptor ring control and status register address space
   - "ring_cmd": Descriptor ring command register address space
-- interrupts: Ethernet main interrupt
+- interrupts: Two interrupt specifiers can be specified.
+  - First is the Rx interrupt.  This irq is mandatory.
+  - Second is the Tx completion interrupt.
+    This is supported only on SGMII based 1GbE and 10GbE interfaces.
+- port-id: Port number (0 or 1)
 - clocks: Reference to the clock entry.
 - local-mac-address: MAC address assigned to this device
 - phy-connection-type: Interface type between ethernet device and PHY device
@@ -49,6 +53,7 @@
 		      <0x0 0X10000000 0x0 0X200>;
 		reg-names = "enet_csr", "ring_csr", "ring_cmd";
 		interrupts = <0x0 0x3c 0x4>;
+		port-id = <0>;
 		clocks = <&menetclk 0>;
 		local-mac-address = [00 01 73 00 00 01];
 		phy-connection-type = "rgmii";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-sf2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-sf2.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bcmgenet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcmgenet.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bcmgenet.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcmgenet.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,systemport.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,systemport.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-mdio-unimac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,unimac-mdio.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-mdio-unimac.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,unimac-mdio.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
index 3fc3605..41b3f3f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,12 @@
 - phy: the same as "phy-handle" property, not recommended for new bindings.
 - phy-device: the same as "phy-handle" property, not recommended for new
   bindings.
+- rx-fifo-depth: the size of the controller's receive fifo in bytes. This
+  is used for components that can have configurable receive fifo sizes,
+  and is useful for determining certain configuration settings such as
+  flow control thresholds.
+- tx-fifo-depth: the size of the controller's transmit fifo in bytes. This
+  is used for components that can have configurable fifo sizes.
 
 Child nodes of the Ethernet controller are typically the individual PHY devices
 connected via the MDIO bus (sometimes the MDIO bus controller is separate).
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/at86rf230.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/at86rf230.txt
index d3bbdded..168f1be 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/at86rf230.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/at86rf230.txt
@@ -6,11 +6,14 @@
   - spi-max-frequency:	maximal bus speed, should be set to 7500000 depends
 			sync or async operation mode
   - reg:		the chipselect index
-  - interrupts:		the interrupt generated by the device
+  - interrupts:		the interrupt generated by the device. Non high-level
+			can occur deadlocks while handling isr.
 
 Optional properties:
   - reset-gpio:		GPIO spec for the rstn pin
   - sleep-gpio:		GPIO spec for the slp_tr pin
+  - xtal-trim:		u8 value for fine tuning the internal capacitance
+			arrays of xtal pins: 0 = +0 pF, 0xf = +4.5 pF
 
 Example:
 
@@ -18,6 +21,7 @@
 		compatible = "atmel,at86rf231";
 		spi-max-frequency = <7500000>;
 		reg = <0>;
-		interrupts = <19 1>;
+		interrupts = <19 4>;
 		interrupt-parent = <&gpio3>;
+		xtal-trim = /bits/ 8 <0x06>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/cc2520.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/cc2520.txt
index 0071883..fb6d49f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/cc2520.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/cc2520.txt
@@ -13,11 +13,15 @@
 	- cca-gpio:		GPIO spec for the CCA pin
 	- vreg-gpio:		GPIO spec for the VREG pin
 	- reset-gpio:		GPIO spec for the RESET pin
+Optional properties:
+	- amplified:		include if the CC2520 is connected to a CC2591 amplifier
+
 Example:
 	cc2520@0 {
 		compatible = "ti,cc2520";
 		reg = <0>;
 		spi-max-frequency = <4000000>;
+		amplified;
 		pinctrl-names = "default";
 		pinctrl-0 = <&cc2520_cape_pins>;
 		fifo-gpio = <&gpio1 18 0>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt
index f9c0771..d0e6fa3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt
@@ -49,6 +49,7 @@
 - compatible:	Should be "ti,netcp-1.0"
 - clocks:	phandle to the reference clocks for the subsystem.
 - dma-id:	Navigator packet dma instance id.
+- ranges:	address range of NetCP (includes, Ethernet SS, PA and SA)
 
 Optional properties:
 - reg:		register location and the size for the following register
@@ -64,10 +65,30 @@